Welcome to Current Psychiatry, a leading source of information, online and in print, for practitioners of psychiatry and its related subspecialties, including addiction psychiatry, child and adolescent psychiatry, and geriatric psychiatry. This Web site contains evidence-based reviews of the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of mental illness and psychological disorders; case reports; updates on psychopharmacology; news about the specialty of psychiatry; pearls for practice; and other topics of interest and use to this audience.

Theme
medstat_cp
Top Sections
Evidence-Based Reviews
Cases That Test Your Skills
cp

Dear Drupal User: You're seeing this because you're logged in to Drupal, and not redirected to MDedge.com/psychiatry. 

Main menu
CP Main Menu
Explore menu
CP Explore Menu
Proclivity ID
18803001
Unpublish
Negative Keywords
Bipolar depression
Depression
adolescent depression
adolescent major depressive disorder
adolescent schizophrenia
adolescent with major depressive disorder
animals
autism
baby
brexpiprazole
child
child bipolar
child depression
child schizophrenia
children with bipolar disorder
children with depression
children with major depressive disorder
compulsive behaviors
cure
elderly bipolar
elderly depression
elderly major depressive disorder
elderly schizophrenia
elderly with dementia
first break
first episode
gambling
gaming
geriatric depression
geriatric major depressive disorder
geriatric schizophrenia
infant
kid
major depressive disorder
major depressive disorder in adolescents
major depressive disorder in children
parenting
pediatric
pediatric bipolar
pediatric depression
pediatric major depressive disorder
pediatric schizophrenia
pregnancy
pregnant
rexulti
skin care
teen
wine
Negative Keywords Excluded Elements
header[@id='header']
section[contains(@class, 'nav-hidden')]
footer[@id='footer']
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-article-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-home-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-topic-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'panel-panel-inner')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-node-field-article-topics')]
section[contains(@class, 'footer-nav-section-wrapper')]
Altmetric
DSM Affiliated
Display in offset block
QuickLearn Excluded Topics/Sections
Best Practices
CME
CME Supplements
Education Center
Medical Education Library
Disqus Exclude
Best Practices
CE/CME
Education Center
Medical Education Library
Enable Disqus
Display Author and Disclosure Link
Publication Type
Clinical
Slot System
Top 25
Disable Sticky Ads
Disable Ad Block Mitigation
Featured Buckets Admin
Publication LayerRX Default ID
798,799
Show Ads on this Publication's Homepage
Consolidated Pub
Show Article Page Numbers on TOC

Folie en masse! It’s so tempting to drink the Kool-Aid

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 14:25
Display Headline
Folie en masse! It’s so tempting to drink the Kool-Aid

Psychiatrists occasionally encounter a case of folie à deux, where 2 persons share the same false belief. Paradoxically, it is more common for a large number of people to share a false belief (folie en masse) and uphold it as fact because the idea appears enticingly valid as an “explanation” for a problem or event.

“Conspiracy theories” abound in our society and yet conspiracy theory advocates would express shock and disdain at the infamous event when 918 followers of Jim Jones drank cyanide-laced Kool-Aid because they believed their leader’s irrational ideas. Apart from recognizable cults—some of whom claim to have their own “solutions” for mental illness—many ordinary people uphold beliefs that are not supported by evidence but widely “accepted” as true:

Persons with psychosis are dangerous. This incorrect belief was prevalent before the tragic events at Virginia Tech and Tucson, AZ (remember the “Son of Sam” in New York?) and was reinforced by them. Clinicians know that, similar to the general population, only a small proportion of persons suffering from a psychotic illness exhibit violent behavior. In fact, their illness renders them more likely to be victims than perpetrators of crime.

Atypical antipsychotics are associated with high weight gain, but older neuroleptics are not. Many psychiatrists uphold this clinical mantra and believe that older antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, which cause a lot of movement disorders, are associated with minimal weight gain. Most also believe that some atypicals are weight-neutral compared with other atypicals. The evidence from the European First Episode Schizophrenia Trial (EUFEST) debunked both beliefs by finding substantial weight gain with all antipsychotic drugs, old or new, after 1 year of treatment with haloperidol and several atypicals ( Table ).1 Neither old antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, nor metabolically “benign” atypicals, such as ziprasidone, are exceptions. Yet this belief likely will persist.

Table 1

Weight gain with antipsychotics: EUFEST results

 

 HaloperidolOlanzapineQuetiapineZiprasidone
Mean weight gain from baseline7.3 kg (16 lbs)13.9 kg (30.5 lbs)10.5 kg (23.1 lbs)4.8 kg (10.5 lbs)
% of patients who gained ≥7% from baseline53%86%65%37%
Overweight (BMI ≥25) at baseline21%16%20%20%
Overweight at study end (1 year) (BMI ≥25)37%54%45%33%
BMI: body mass index; EUFEST: European First Episode Schizophrenia Trial
Source: Reference 1

The U. S. obesity epidemic is caused by too much fast food and too little exercise. This widely accepted explanation sounds like a no-brainer. However, by taking a “big-picture” view, a recent study2 pointed to completely different reasons for rising obesity in the United States. Researchers found that other species such as rats and mice (rarely seen waiting in line at McDonald’s) experienced dramatic per-decade increases in obesity rates over the past 50 years, including 38% in pet cats, 34% in chimpanzees in research labs, 21% in alley rats, and 12% in government lab mice. Only pet dogs escaped the escalating obesity rates with 3% per decade. Alternate explanations for rising obesity include less sleep, which increases ghrelin (an appetite-stimulating hormone) and decreases leptin (a satiety hormone); proliferation of fat cells from chemicals such as bisphenol A; central heating (less burning of calories) and air conditioning (prevents the appetite-suppressing heat of summer); infections such as adenoviruses that can cause obesity in animals; and changes in gut bacteria, some of which increase caloric extraction from food.

Many false beliefs have been adopted by a large proportion of the general population. This tendency for folie en masse is consistent with studies that show pre-psychotic thinking is found in more than half of the general population, suggesting a continuum between psychosis proneness and clinical psychosis.3 This raises the question: could psychosis proneness mean that the brain can produce its own “endogenous” Kool-Aid?

References

 

1. Kahn RS, Fleischhacker WW, Boter H, et al. and the EUFEST study group. Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in first-episode schizophrenia and schizophreniform disorder: an open randomised clinical trial. Lancet. 2008;371(9618):1085-1097.

2. Klimentidis YC, Beasley TM, Lin HY, et al. Canaries in the coal mine: a cross-species analysis of the plurality of obesity epidemics. Proc Biol Sci. 2010 [Epub ahead of print].

3. van Os J, Linscott RJ, Myin-Germeys I, et al. A systematic review and meta-analysis of the psychosis continuum: evidence for a psychosis proneness-persistence-impairment model of psychotic disorder. Psychol Med. 2009;39(2):179-195.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 


Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief
To comment on this editorial or other topics of interest, visit http://CurrentPsychiatry.blogspot.com.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
12-16
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 


Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief
To comment on this editorial or other topics of interest, visit http://CurrentPsychiatry.blogspot.com.

Author and Disclosure Information

 


Henry A. Nasrallah, MD
Editor-in-Chief
To comment on this editorial or other topics of interest, visit http://CurrentPsychiatry.blogspot.com.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Psychiatrists occasionally encounter a case of folie à deux, where 2 persons share the same false belief. Paradoxically, it is more common for a large number of people to share a false belief (folie en masse) and uphold it as fact because the idea appears enticingly valid as an “explanation” for a problem or event.

“Conspiracy theories” abound in our society and yet conspiracy theory advocates would express shock and disdain at the infamous event when 918 followers of Jim Jones drank cyanide-laced Kool-Aid because they believed their leader’s irrational ideas. Apart from recognizable cults—some of whom claim to have their own “solutions” for mental illness—many ordinary people uphold beliefs that are not supported by evidence but widely “accepted” as true:

Persons with psychosis are dangerous. This incorrect belief was prevalent before the tragic events at Virginia Tech and Tucson, AZ (remember the “Son of Sam” in New York?) and was reinforced by them. Clinicians know that, similar to the general population, only a small proportion of persons suffering from a psychotic illness exhibit violent behavior. In fact, their illness renders them more likely to be victims than perpetrators of crime.

Atypical antipsychotics are associated with high weight gain, but older neuroleptics are not. Many psychiatrists uphold this clinical mantra and believe that older antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, which cause a lot of movement disorders, are associated with minimal weight gain. Most also believe that some atypicals are weight-neutral compared with other atypicals. The evidence from the European First Episode Schizophrenia Trial (EUFEST) debunked both beliefs by finding substantial weight gain with all antipsychotic drugs, old or new, after 1 year of treatment with haloperidol and several atypicals ( Table ).1 Neither old antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, nor metabolically “benign” atypicals, such as ziprasidone, are exceptions. Yet this belief likely will persist.

Table 1

Weight gain with antipsychotics: EUFEST results

 

 HaloperidolOlanzapineQuetiapineZiprasidone
Mean weight gain from baseline7.3 kg (16 lbs)13.9 kg (30.5 lbs)10.5 kg (23.1 lbs)4.8 kg (10.5 lbs)
% of patients who gained ≥7% from baseline53%86%65%37%
Overweight (BMI ≥25) at baseline21%16%20%20%
Overweight at study end (1 year) (BMI ≥25)37%54%45%33%
BMI: body mass index; EUFEST: European First Episode Schizophrenia Trial
Source: Reference 1

The U. S. obesity epidemic is caused by too much fast food and too little exercise. This widely accepted explanation sounds like a no-brainer. However, by taking a “big-picture” view, a recent study2 pointed to completely different reasons for rising obesity in the United States. Researchers found that other species such as rats and mice (rarely seen waiting in line at McDonald’s) experienced dramatic per-decade increases in obesity rates over the past 50 years, including 38% in pet cats, 34% in chimpanzees in research labs, 21% in alley rats, and 12% in government lab mice. Only pet dogs escaped the escalating obesity rates with 3% per decade. Alternate explanations for rising obesity include less sleep, which increases ghrelin (an appetite-stimulating hormone) and decreases leptin (a satiety hormone); proliferation of fat cells from chemicals such as bisphenol A; central heating (less burning of calories) and air conditioning (prevents the appetite-suppressing heat of summer); infections such as adenoviruses that can cause obesity in animals; and changes in gut bacteria, some of which increase caloric extraction from food.

Many false beliefs have been adopted by a large proportion of the general population. This tendency for folie en masse is consistent with studies that show pre-psychotic thinking is found in more than half of the general population, suggesting a continuum between psychosis proneness and clinical psychosis.3 This raises the question: could psychosis proneness mean that the brain can produce its own “endogenous” Kool-Aid?

Psychiatrists occasionally encounter a case of folie à deux, where 2 persons share the same false belief. Paradoxically, it is more common for a large number of people to share a false belief (folie en masse) and uphold it as fact because the idea appears enticingly valid as an “explanation” for a problem or event.

“Conspiracy theories” abound in our society and yet conspiracy theory advocates would express shock and disdain at the infamous event when 918 followers of Jim Jones drank cyanide-laced Kool-Aid because they believed their leader’s irrational ideas. Apart from recognizable cults—some of whom claim to have their own “solutions” for mental illness—many ordinary people uphold beliefs that are not supported by evidence but widely “accepted” as true:

Persons with psychosis are dangerous. This incorrect belief was prevalent before the tragic events at Virginia Tech and Tucson, AZ (remember the “Son of Sam” in New York?) and was reinforced by them. Clinicians know that, similar to the general population, only a small proportion of persons suffering from a psychotic illness exhibit violent behavior. In fact, their illness renders them more likely to be victims than perpetrators of crime.

Atypical antipsychotics are associated with high weight gain, but older neuroleptics are not. Many psychiatrists uphold this clinical mantra and believe that older antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, which cause a lot of movement disorders, are associated with minimal weight gain. Most also believe that some atypicals are weight-neutral compared with other atypicals. The evidence from the European First Episode Schizophrenia Trial (EUFEST) debunked both beliefs by finding substantial weight gain with all antipsychotic drugs, old or new, after 1 year of treatment with haloperidol and several atypicals ( Table ).1 Neither old antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, nor metabolically “benign” atypicals, such as ziprasidone, are exceptions. Yet this belief likely will persist.

Table 1

Weight gain with antipsychotics: EUFEST results

 

 HaloperidolOlanzapineQuetiapineZiprasidone
Mean weight gain from baseline7.3 kg (16 lbs)13.9 kg (30.5 lbs)10.5 kg (23.1 lbs)4.8 kg (10.5 lbs)
% of patients who gained ≥7% from baseline53%86%65%37%
Overweight (BMI ≥25) at baseline21%16%20%20%
Overweight at study end (1 year) (BMI ≥25)37%54%45%33%
BMI: body mass index; EUFEST: European First Episode Schizophrenia Trial
Source: Reference 1

The U. S. obesity epidemic is caused by too much fast food and too little exercise. This widely accepted explanation sounds like a no-brainer. However, by taking a “big-picture” view, a recent study2 pointed to completely different reasons for rising obesity in the United States. Researchers found that other species such as rats and mice (rarely seen waiting in line at McDonald’s) experienced dramatic per-decade increases in obesity rates over the past 50 years, including 38% in pet cats, 34% in chimpanzees in research labs, 21% in alley rats, and 12% in government lab mice. Only pet dogs escaped the escalating obesity rates with 3% per decade. Alternate explanations for rising obesity include less sleep, which increases ghrelin (an appetite-stimulating hormone) and decreases leptin (a satiety hormone); proliferation of fat cells from chemicals such as bisphenol A; central heating (less burning of calories) and air conditioning (prevents the appetite-suppressing heat of summer); infections such as adenoviruses that can cause obesity in animals; and changes in gut bacteria, some of which increase caloric extraction from food.

Many false beliefs have been adopted by a large proportion of the general population. This tendency for folie en masse is consistent with studies that show pre-psychotic thinking is found in more than half of the general population, suggesting a continuum between psychosis proneness and clinical psychosis.3 This raises the question: could psychosis proneness mean that the brain can produce its own “endogenous” Kool-Aid?

References

 

1. Kahn RS, Fleischhacker WW, Boter H, et al. and the EUFEST study group. Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in first-episode schizophrenia and schizophreniform disorder: an open randomised clinical trial. Lancet. 2008;371(9618):1085-1097.

2. Klimentidis YC, Beasley TM, Lin HY, et al. Canaries in the coal mine: a cross-species analysis of the plurality of obesity epidemics. Proc Biol Sci. 2010 [Epub ahead of print].

3. van Os J, Linscott RJ, Myin-Germeys I, et al. A systematic review and meta-analysis of the psychosis continuum: evidence for a psychosis proneness-persistence-impairment model of psychotic disorder. Psychol Med. 2009;39(2):179-195.

References

 

1. Kahn RS, Fleischhacker WW, Boter H, et al. and the EUFEST study group. Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in first-episode schizophrenia and schizophreniform disorder: an open randomised clinical trial. Lancet. 2008;371(9618):1085-1097.

2. Klimentidis YC, Beasley TM, Lin HY, et al. Canaries in the coal mine: a cross-species analysis of the plurality of obesity epidemics. Proc Biol Sci. 2010 [Epub ahead of print].

3. van Os J, Linscott RJ, Myin-Germeys I, et al. A systematic review and meta-analysis of the psychosis continuum: evidence for a psychosis proneness-persistence-impairment model of psychotic disorder. Psychol Med. 2009;39(2):179-195.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Page Number
12-16
Page Number
12-16
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Folie en masse! It’s so tempting to drink the Kool-Aid
Display Headline
Folie en masse! It’s so tempting to drink the Kool-Aid
Sections
Article PDF Media

How anxiety presents differently in older adults

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:04
Display Headline
How anxiety presents differently in older adults

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/how-anxiety-presents-differently-in.html#comments

Although anxiety disorders are common at all ages, there is a misconception that their prevalence drastically declines with age. For this reason anxiety disorders often are underdiagnosed and undertreated in geriatric patients, especially when the clinical presentation of these disorders in older patients differs from that seen in younger adults.

In older persons, anxiety symptoms often overlap with medical conditions such as hyperthyroidism and geriatric patients tend to express anxiety symptoms as medical or somatic problems such as pain rather than as psychological distress.1 As a result, older adults often seek treatment for depressive or anxiety symptoms from their primary care physician instead of a psychiatrist. Unfortunately, primary care physicians often miss psychiatric illness, including anxiety disorders, in geriatric patients.

Anxiety may be a symptom of an underlying psychiatric disturbance, secondary to a general medical condition, or induced by dietary substances, substances of abuse, or medications. Late-life anxiety often is comorbid with major depressive disorder (MDD) ( Box ) and other psychological stressors as older adults recognize declining cognitive and physical functioning.2 Anxiety disorders commonly begin in early adulthood, tend to be chronic and interspersed with remissions and relapses, and usually continue into old age.3 In generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), there is a bimodal distribution of onset; approximately two-thirds of patients experience onset between the late teens and late 20s and one-third develop the disorder for the first time after age 50.3

Prevalence rates for anxiety disorders among older adults (age ≥55) range from 3. 5% to 10. 2%.4 These rates are slightly lower than those for younger adults.5 Among older adults, presence of a 12-month anxiety disorder was associated with female sex, lower education, being unmarried, and having ≥3 or more chronic conditions.6

Box

Comorbid anxiety and depression: Highly prevalent, poorer outcomes

The Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam study—one of the largest epidemiologic studies to examine comorbidity of anxiety disorders and depression in patients age 55 to 85—found that 48% of older persons with primary major depressive disorder (MDD) also had a comorbid anxiety disorder, whereas approximately one-fourth of those with anxiety disorders also had MDD.a Pre-existing anxiety disorders, such as social phobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, specific phobia, agoraphobia, and panic disorder, increase the risk of developing depression.b Rates of comorbid anxiety and depression increase with age.c

Late-life MDD comorbid with generalized anxiety disorder or panic disorder is associated with greater memory decline than MDD alone.d In addition, comorbid anxiety and depression is associated with greater symptom severity and persistence, greater functional impairment, substance dependence, poorer compliance and response to treatment, worse overall prognosis and outcome than patients with either disorder alone,e and greater likelihood of suicidal ideation in older men.f

References

a. Beekman AT, de Beurs E, van Balkom AJ, et al. Anxiety and depression in later life: co-occurrence and communality of risk factors. Am J Psychiatry. 2000; 157(1): 89-95.

b. Goodwin RD. Anxiety disorders and the onset of depression among adults in the community. Psychol Med. 2002; 32: 1121-1124.

c. Merikangas KR, Zhang H, Avenevoli S, et al. Longitudinal trajectories of depression and anxiety in a prospective community study: the Zurich Cohort Study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2003; 60: 993-1000.

d. DeLuca AK, Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorder in late life depression: association with memory decline over four years. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2005; 20(9): 848-854.

e. Merikangas KR, Kalaydjian A. Magnitude and impact of comorbidity of mental disorders from epidemiologic surveys. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2007; 20: 353-358.

f. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Shear MK, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorders in depressed elderly patients. Am J Psychiatry. 2000; 157: 722-728.

Anxiety and disability risk

Anxiety disorders affect geriatric patients more profoundly than their younger counterparts. Persons age ≥65 who have an anxiety disorder are 3 to 10 times more likely to be hospitalized than younger individuals.1 Anxiety is associated with high rates of medically unexplained symptoms, increased use of health care resources, chronic medical illness, low levels of physical health-related quality of life, and physical disability.7,8

Anxiety symptoms may predict progressing physical disability among older women and reduced ability to perform activities of daily living over 1 year.9 Anxious geriatric patients are less independent and increase the burden on family and caregivers.10 Anxiety disorders are associated with lower compliance with medical treatment, which could worsen chronic medical conditions and increase the risk for nursing home admission.11 Anxious older adults report decreased life satisfaction, memory impairment, poorer self perception of health, and increased loneliness.12

 

 

Generalized anxiety disorder

Although GAD is the most common anxiety disorder among geriatric patients, with a prevalence of 0. 7% to 9%,13 it remains underdiagnosed and undertreated.14 In a cross-sectional observational study of 439 adults age ≥55 with lifetime GAD, approximately one-half experienced onset after age 50.15 Late onset is associated with more frequent hypertension and a poorer health-related quality of life than early onset.15

Compared with younger individuals, older persons with GAD have a greater variety of worry topics, including memory loss, medical illnesses, and fear of falls,16 but worry less about the future and work than younger patients. This type of anxiety is largely situational and temporary, and often accompanies comorbid medical problems (Table 1) .

Obsessive-compulsive disorder

A study comparing older (age ≥60) and younger obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) patients found that the clinical presentation of the disorder does not substantially differ between age groups; however, geriatric patients had fewer concerns about symmetry, needing to know, and counting rituals. Handwashing and fear of having sinned were more common.17

OCD is fairly uncommon in geriatric patients. Prevalence rates decrease with age, ranging between 0% and 0. 8% among persons age ≥60.18 OCD seldom begins in late life; most geriatric patients with OCD have had symptoms for decades. By late life, most individuals with OCD improve, although they may continue to experience clinical or subclinical symptoms.19 However, 1 report found a second peak of incidence of OCD in women age ≥65.20 Case reports of late-onset OCD have found evidence of cerebral lesions, often in the basal ganglia, which suggests a possible neurodegenerative pathophysiology.21

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR criteria for generalized anxiety disorder

A.Excessive anxiety and worry (apprehensive expectation), occurring more days than not for at least 6 months, about a number of events or activities (such as work or school performance)
B.The person finds it difficult to control the worry
C.The anxiety and worry are associated with 3 or more of the following symptoms with at least some symptoms present for more days than not for the past 6 months:
  1. Restlessness or feeling keyed up or on edge
  2. Being easily fatigued
  3. Difficulty concentrating or mind going blank
  4. Irritability
  5. Muscle tension
  6. Sleep disturbance
D.The focus of the anxiety and worry is not confined to features of an axis I disorder
E.The symptoms cause clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
F.The disturbance is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance or a general medical condition and does not occur exclusively during a mood disorder, a psychotic disorder, or a pervasive developmental disorder
Source: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000

Posttraumatic stress disorder

Untreated posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) often is assumed to be a chronic disorder. Recollections of past trauma may lead to new PTSD symptoms in older patients. Neurodegeneration of memory pathways and cognitive impairment associated with Alzheimer‘s disease or vascular or alcohol-related dementia may disinhibit PTSD symptoms in patients whose PTSD was fairly well controlled.22

Life events associated with aging—death of a spouse, financial and physical decline, chronic pain, or diminished cognitive coping resources—may precipitate or revive PTSD symptoms associated with earlier exposure to severe psychological trauma.23 These life changes also may precipitate socalled delayed PTSD, when symptoms relating to past traumatic experiences present for the first time. Geriatric patients may be more likely than younger persons to deny their PTSD symptoms if their cultural background emphasizes stoicism and fortitude.24

Phobias

Specific phobias. The prevalence of specific phobias drops dramatically in late life, although older patients might underreport symptoms. Many older persons are afraid of falling. Approximately 60% of older adults with a history of falling—and 30% of older individuals with no such history— report this fear. Fear of falling is more prevalent in women and increases with age.25,26 This fear may be a protective response to a real threat that prevents older persons from attempting high-risk activities, but it also can cause patients to restrict their activities, which can result in decreased social, physical, or cognitive functioning and loss of in-dependence.25

Social phobias (social anxiety disorder).

Among older adults, common social phobias include eating food around strangers, and—especially in men—being unable to urinate in public bathrooms. In a cross-sectional observational study, social anxiety disorder (SAD) was more common among older persons who reported stressful life events, such as death of a spouse.27 MDD, specific phobia, and personality disorder are associated with SAD in geriatric patients.27 Prevalence rates of SAD appear to slightly decrease with age, although the condition remains common in geriatric patients—5% of older adults report lifetime prevalence—and its presentation is similar to that seen in younger adults.27

 

 

Agoraphobia. In older persons the prevalence of agoraphobia is 0. 6%.28 Most cases are of early onset but the condition can present de novo following a stroke or other medical event and can inhibit activities needed for successful rehabilitation. Agoraphobia can present within the context of panic attacks as is seen in younger adults but most geriatric patients with agoraphobia do not have concurrent panic disorder. This phobia is more common in women, widowed or divorced individuals, patients with chronic health conditions, and those with comorbid psychiatric disorders.29

Panic disorder

Panic disorder (PD) rarely starts for the first time after age 60, and most late-onset panic attacks are associated with medical and psychiatric comorbidities. PD tends to be less severe in older individuals than in younger adults.30 Recent stressful life events or losses can predict onset and maintenance of PD. Older patients may present with panic symptoms, such as shortness of breath, dizziness, or trembling, that overlap with age-related medical conditions. PD may be prevalent in older patients with chest pain and no evidence of coronary artery disease.31 Panic symptoms that are secondary to underlying medical conditions, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease exacerbation, usually wax and wane.32

Treatment

Treatment for anxiety disorders in geriatric patients may involve a combination of psychotherapy, pharmacotherapy, and complementary and alternative therapies. Treatment may be complicated if patients have ≥1 anxiety disorder or suffer from comorbid depression, substance abuse, or medical problems. As is seen with younger adults, the course of anxiety disorders in older patients waxes and wanes, but most disorders are unlikely to remit completely.33 Aging may influence the effects of psychotropic medications in older patients. Increased distribution and decreased metabolism and clearance of medications results in higher medication plasma levels and longer elimination half-lives. Medication compliance in older patients may be complicated by:

  • older patients’ sensitivity to anticho-linergic side effects
  • coexisting medical illnesses
  • polypharmacy, particularly in institutionalized settings
  • sensory and cognitive deficits.34

Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) generally are safe and produce fewer side effects compared with tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs), especially in geriatric patients. SSRIs and SNRIs may be useful for GAD, PD, OCD, and PTSD in older patients.35 TCAs can effectively treat anxiety symptoms but may be cardiotoxic and their anticholinergic properties can lead to serious side effects. Benzodiazepines often are used for acute or short-term anxiety management, but chronic use in geriatric patients can cause cognitive impairment, falls, and other serious side effects. Buspirone may be beneficial for GAD but is not effective for PD.36 The drug is well tolerated in older persons, but may take 2 to 4 weeks to be effective ( Table 2 ).35

Pharmacotherapy for anxiety disorders in geriatric patients often is used in conjunction with psychotherapy. Psychotherapeutic approaches include cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), exposure therapy, dialectical behavioral therapy, and interpersonal therapy. Increasing evidence supports the effectiveness of psychotherapy in treating anxiety disorders in younger adults as well as in older patients, often in combination with pharmacotherapy.37 In older patients with GAD, CBT is associated with a greater improvement in worry severity, depressive symptoms, and overall mental health compared with usual care.38

In addition to traditional pharmacotherapy, complementary and alternative therapies often are used for late-life anxiety. These therapies include biofeedback, progressive relaxation, acupuncture, yoga, massage therapy, art, music, or dance therapy, meditation, prayer, and spiritual counseling.

Table 2

Pharmacotherapy for anxiety disorders in older adults

MedicationComments
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitorsMay be useful for GAD, panic disorder, OCD, and PTSD
Serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitorsMay be useful for GAD, panic disorder, OCD, and PTSD
Tricyclic antidepressantsPotential for cardiotoxicity and overdose, anticholinergic properties
BenzodiazepinesChronic use can lead to cognitive impairment, falls
BuspironeEffective for GAD, but not panic disorder; may take 2 to 4 weeks to be effective
GAD: generalized anxiety disorder; OCD: obsessive-compulsive disorder; PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder
Source: Reference 35

Related Resources

  • Wetherell JL, Lenze EJ, Stanley MA. Evidence-based treatment of geriatric anxiety disorders. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2005; 28(4): 871-896, ix.
  • Lenze EJ, Wetherell JL. Anxiety disorders. In: Blazer DG, Steffens DC, eds. The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of geriatric psychiatry. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2009: 333-345.
 

 

Drug Brand Name

  • Buspirone • BuSpar

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Fuentes K, Cox BJ. Prevalence of anxiety disorders in elderly adults: a critical analysis. J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry. 1997;28:269-279.

2. Préville M, Hérbert R, Bravo G, et al. Predisposing and facilitating factors of severe psychological distress among frail elderly. Can J Aging. 2002;21:195-204.

3. Le Roux H, Gatz M, Wetherell JL. Age at onset of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2005;13:23-30.

4. Beekman AT, Bremmer MA, Deeg DJ, et al. Anxiety disorders in later life: a report from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1998;13:717-726.

5. Regier DA, Rae DS, Narrow WE, et al. Prevalence of anxiety disorders and their comorbidity with mood and addictive disorders. Br J Psychiatry Suppl. 1998;34:24-28.

6. Gum AM, King-Kallimanis B, Kohn R. Prevalence of mood anxiety, and substance-abuse disorders for older Americans in the national comorbidity survey-replication. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(9):769-781.

7. Sareen J, Jacobi F, Cox BJ, et al. Disability and poor quality of life associated with comorbid anxiety disorders and physical conditions. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166:2109-2116.

8. Porensky EK, Dew MA, Karp JF, et al. The burden of late-life generalized anxiety disorder: effects on disability, health-related quality of life, and healthcare utilization. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(6):473-482.

9. Tinetti ME, Inouye SK, Gill TM, et al. Shared risk-factors for falls, incontinence, and functional dependence: unifying the approach to geriatric syndromes. JAMA. 1995;273:1348-1353.

10. Lenze EJ, Karp JF, Mulsant BH, et al. Somatic symptoms in late-life anxiety: treatment issues. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2005;18:89-96.

11. Gibbons LE, Teri L, Logsdon R, et al. Anxiety symptoms as predictors of nursing home placement in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of Clinical Geropsychology. 2002;4:335-342.

12. de Beurs E, Beekman AT, van Balkom AJ, et al. Consequences of anxiety in older persons: its effect on disability, well-being and use of health services. Psychol Med. 1999;29(3):583-593.

13. Schoevers RA, Beekman AT, Deeg DJ, et al. Comorbidity and risk-patterns of depression, generalised anxiety disorder and mixed anxiety-depression in later life: results from the AMSTEL study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2003;18:944-1001.

14. Wilk J, West J, Narrow W, et al. Are anxiety disorders underdiagnosed and undertreated in routine psychiatric practice? Poster presented at: AcademyHealth Annual Meeting; June 8, 2004; San Diego, CA.

15. Chou KL. Age at onset of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(6):455-464.

16. Howland J, Peterson EW, Levin WC, et al. Fear of falling among the community-dwelling elderly. J Aging Health. 1993;5(2):229-243.

17. Kohn R, Westlake RJ, Rasmussen SA, et al. Clinical features of obsessive-compulsive disorder in elderly patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1997;5(3):211-215.

18. Flint AJ. Epidemiology and comorbidity of anxiety disorders in the elderly. Am J Psychiatry. 1994;151:640-649.

19. Skoog G, Skoog I. A 40-year follow-up of patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(2):121-127.

20. Nestadt G, Bienvenu OJ, Cai G, et al. Incidence of obsessive-compulsive disorder in adults. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1998;186:401-406.

21. Chacko RC, Corbin MA, Harper RG. Acquired obsessive-compulsive disorder associated with basal ganglia lesions. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2000;12:269-272.

22. Mittal D, Torres R, Abashidze A, et al. Worsening of post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms with cognitive decline: case series. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2001;14(1):17-20.

23. Tedstone JE, Tarrier N. Posttraumatic stress disorder following medical illness and treatment. Clin Psychol Rev. 2003;23(3):409-448.

24. Creamer M, Parslow R. Trauma exposure and posttraumatic stress disorder in the elderly: a community prevalence study. Am J Ger Psychiatry. 2008;16:853-856.

25. Alcalde Tirado P. Fear of falling. Rev Esp Geriatr Gerontol. 2010;45(1):38-44.

26. Boyd R, Stevens JA. Falls and fear of falling: burden beliefs and behaviours. Age Ageing. 2009;38(4):423-428.

27. Cairney J, McCabe L, Veldhuizen S, et al. Epidemiology of social phobia in later life. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(3):224-233.

28. Pontillo DC, Lang AJ, Stein MB. Management and treatment of anxiety disorders in the older patient. Clinical Geriatrics. 2002;10(10):38-49.

29. McCabe L, Cairney J, Veldhuizen S, et al. Prevalence and correlates of agoraphobia in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2006;14(6):515-522.

30. Hassan R, Pollard CA. Late-life-onset panic disorder: clinical and demographic characteristics of a patient sample. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 1994;7:86-90.

31. Beitman BD, Kushner M, Grossberg GT. Late onset panic disorder: evidence from a study of patients with chest pain and normal cardiac evaluations. Int J Psychiatry Med. 1991;21(1):29-35.

32. Garvey MJ. Panic disorder: guidelines to safe use of benzodiazepines. Geriatrics. 1993;48(7):49-58.

33. Schuurmans J, Comijs HC, Beekman AT, et al. The outcome of anxiety disorders in older people at six-year follow-up: results from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2005;111:420-428.

34. Von Moltke LL, Abernethy DR, Greenblatt DJ. Kinetics and dynamics of psychotropic drugs in the elderly. In: Salzman C ed. Clinical geriatric psychopharmacology. 3rd ed. Baltimore, MD: Williams and Wilkins; 1998:70-93.

35. Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al and the British Association for Psychopharmacology. Evidence-based guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders: recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2005;19(6):567-596.

36. Sheehan DV, Raj AB, Sheehan KH, et al. Is buspirone effective for panic disorder? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1990;10(1):3-11.

37. Black DW. Efficacy of combined pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy versus monotherapy in the treatment of anxiety disorders. CNS Spectr. 2006;11(10 suppl 12):29-33.

38. Stanley MA, Wilson NL, Novy DM, et al. Cognitive behavior therapy for generalized anxiety disorder among older adults in primary care: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2009;301(14):1460-1467.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Nazem Bassil, MD
Assistant Professor of Medicine/Geriatrics, Faculty of Medicine, Balamand University, St. George Hospital Medical Center, Beirut, Lebanon
Abdalraouf Ghandour, MD
Fellow, Division of Geriatric Medicine, University of Missouri, Columbia Columbia, MO
George T. Grossberg, MD
Samuel W. Fordyce Professor, Director of Geriatric Psychiatry, Department of Neurology and Psychiatry, St. Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
65-72
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Nazem Bassil, MD
Assistant Professor of Medicine/Geriatrics, Faculty of Medicine, Balamand University, St. George Hospital Medical Center, Beirut, Lebanon
Abdalraouf Ghandour, MD
Fellow, Division of Geriatric Medicine, University of Missouri, Columbia Columbia, MO
George T. Grossberg, MD
Samuel W. Fordyce Professor, Director of Geriatric Psychiatry, Department of Neurology and Psychiatry, St. Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO

Author and Disclosure Information

Nazem Bassil, MD
Assistant Professor of Medicine/Geriatrics, Faculty of Medicine, Balamand University, St. George Hospital Medical Center, Beirut, Lebanon
Abdalraouf Ghandour, MD
Fellow, Division of Geriatric Medicine, University of Missouri, Columbia Columbia, MO
George T. Grossberg, MD
Samuel W. Fordyce Professor, Director of Geriatric Psychiatry, Department of Neurology and Psychiatry, St. Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO

Article PDF
Article PDF

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/how-anxiety-presents-differently-in.html#comments

Although anxiety disorders are common at all ages, there is a misconception that their prevalence drastically declines with age. For this reason anxiety disorders often are underdiagnosed and undertreated in geriatric patients, especially when the clinical presentation of these disorders in older patients differs from that seen in younger adults.

In older persons, anxiety symptoms often overlap with medical conditions such as hyperthyroidism and geriatric patients tend to express anxiety symptoms as medical or somatic problems such as pain rather than as psychological distress.1 As a result, older adults often seek treatment for depressive or anxiety symptoms from their primary care physician instead of a psychiatrist. Unfortunately, primary care physicians often miss psychiatric illness, including anxiety disorders, in geriatric patients.

Anxiety may be a symptom of an underlying psychiatric disturbance, secondary to a general medical condition, or induced by dietary substances, substances of abuse, or medications. Late-life anxiety often is comorbid with major depressive disorder (MDD) ( Box ) and other psychological stressors as older adults recognize declining cognitive and physical functioning.2 Anxiety disorders commonly begin in early adulthood, tend to be chronic and interspersed with remissions and relapses, and usually continue into old age.3 In generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), there is a bimodal distribution of onset; approximately two-thirds of patients experience onset between the late teens and late 20s and one-third develop the disorder for the first time after age 50.3

Prevalence rates for anxiety disorders among older adults (age ≥55) range from 3. 5% to 10. 2%.4 These rates are slightly lower than those for younger adults.5 Among older adults, presence of a 12-month anxiety disorder was associated with female sex, lower education, being unmarried, and having ≥3 or more chronic conditions.6

Box

Comorbid anxiety and depression: Highly prevalent, poorer outcomes

The Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam study—one of the largest epidemiologic studies to examine comorbidity of anxiety disorders and depression in patients age 55 to 85—found that 48% of older persons with primary major depressive disorder (MDD) also had a comorbid anxiety disorder, whereas approximately one-fourth of those with anxiety disorders also had MDD.a Pre-existing anxiety disorders, such as social phobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, specific phobia, agoraphobia, and panic disorder, increase the risk of developing depression.b Rates of comorbid anxiety and depression increase with age.c

Late-life MDD comorbid with generalized anxiety disorder or panic disorder is associated with greater memory decline than MDD alone.d In addition, comorbid anxiety and depression is associated with greater symptom severity and persistence, greater functional impairment, substance dependence, poorer compliance and response to treatment, worse overall prognosis and outcome than patients with either disorder alone,e and greater likelihood of suicidal ideation in older men.f

References

a. Beekman AT, de Beurs E, van Balkom AJ, et al. Anxiety and depression in later life: co-occurrence and communality of risk factors. Am J Psychiatry. 2000; 157(1): 89-95.

b. Goodwin RD. Anxiety disorders and the onset of depression among adults in the community. Psychol Med. 2002; 32: 1121-1124.

c. Merikangas KR, Zhang H, Avenevoli S, et al. Longitudinal trajectories of depression and anxiety in a prospective community study: the Zurich Cohort Study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2003; 60: 993-1000.

d. DeLuca AK, Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorder in late life depression: association with memory decline over four years. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2005; 20(9): 848-854.

e. Merikangas KR, Kalaydjian A. Magnitude and impact of comorbidity of mental disorders from epidemiologic surveys. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2007; 20: 353-358.

f. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Shear MK, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorders in depressed elderly patients. Am J Psychiatry. 2000; 157: 722-728.

Anxiety and disability risk

Anxiety disorders affect geriatric patients more profoundly than their younger counterparts. Persons age ≥65 who have an anxiety disorder are 3 to 10 times more likely to be hospitalized than younger individuals.1 Anxiety is associated with high rates of medically unexplained symptoms, increased use of health care resources, chronic medical illness, low levels of physical health-related quality of life, and physical disability.7,8

Anxiety symptoms may predict progressing physical disability among older women and reduced ability to perform activities of daily living over 1 year.9 Anxious geriatric patients are less independent and increase the burden on family and caregivers.10 Anxiety disorders are associated with lower compliance with medical treatment, which could worsen chronic medical conditions and increase the risk for nursing home admission.11 Anxious older adults report decreased life satisfaction, memory impairment, poorer self perception of health, and increased loneliness.12

 

 

Generalized anxiety disorder

Although GAD is the most common anxiety disorder among geriatric patients, with a prevalence of 0. 7% to 9%,13 it remains underdiagnosed and undertreated.14 In a cross-sectional observational study of 439 adults age ≥55 with lifetime GAD, approximately one-half experienced onset after age 50.15 Late onset is associated with more frequent hypertension and a poorer health-related quality of life than early onset.15

Compared with younger individuals, older persons with GAD have a greater variety of worry topics, including memory loss, medical illnesses, and fear of falls,16 but worry less about the future and work than younger patients. This type of anxiety is largely situational and temporary, and often accompanies comorbid medical problems (Table 1) .

Obsessive-compulsive disorder

A study comparing older (age ≥60) and younger obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) patients found that the clinical presentation of the disorder does not substantially differ between age groups; however, geriatric patients had fewer concerns about symmetry, needing to know, and counting rituals. Handwashing and fear of having sinned were more common.17

OCD is fairly uncommon in geriatric patients. Prevalence rates decrease with age, ranging between 0% and 0. 8% among persons age ≥60.18 OCD seldom begins in late life; most geriatric patients with OCD have had symptoms for decades. By late life, most individuals with OCD improve, although they may continue to experience clinical or subclinical symptoms.19 However, 1 report found a second peak of incidence of OCD in women age ≥65.20 Case reports of late-onset OCD have found evidence of cerebral lesions, often in the basal ganglia, which suggests a possible neurodegenerative pathophysiology.21

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR criteria for generalized anxiety disorder

A.Excessive anxiety and worry (apprehensive expectation), occurring more days than not for at least 6 months, about a number of events or activities (such as work or school performance)
B.The person finds it difficult to control the worry
C.The anxiety and worry are associated with 3 or more of the following symptoms with at least some symptoms present for more days than not for the past 6 months:
  1. Restlessness or feeling keyed up or on edge
  2. Being easily fatigued
  3. Difficulty concentrating or mind going blank
  4. Irritability
  5. Muscle tension
  6. Sleep disturbance
D.The focus of the anxiety and worry is not confined to features of an axis I disorder
E.The symptoms cause clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
F.The disturbance is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance or a general medical condition and does not occur exclusively during a mood disorder, a psychotic disorder, or a pervasive developmental disorder
Source: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000

Posttraumatic stress disorder

Untreated posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) often is assumed to be a chronic disorder. Recollections of past trauma may lead to new PTSD symptoms in older patients. Neurodegeneration of memory pathways and cognitive impairment associated with Alzheimer‘s disease or vascular or alcohol-related dementia may disinhibit PTSD symptoms in patients whose PTSD was fairly well controlled.22

Life events associated with aging—death of a spouse, financial and physical decline, chronic pain, or diminished cognitive coping resources—may precipitate or revive PTSD symptoms associated with earlier exposure to severe psychological trauma.23 These life changes also may precipitate socalled delayed PTSD, when symptoms relating to past traumatic experiences present for the first time. Geriatric patients may be more likely than younger persons to deny their PTSD symptoms if their cultural background emphasizes stoicism and fortitude.24

Phobias

Specific phobias. The prevalence of specific phobias drops dramatically in late life, although older patients might underreport symptoms. Many older persons are afraid of falling. Approximately 60% of older adults with a history of falling—and 30% of older individuals with no such history— report this fear. Fear of falling is more prevalent in women and increases with age.25,26 This fear may be a protective response to a real threat that prevents older persons from attempting high-risk activities, but it also can cause patients to restrict their activities, which can result in decreased social, physical, or cognitive functioning and loss of in-dependence.25

Social phobias (social anxiety disorder).

Among older adults, common social phobias include eating food around strangers, and—especially in men—being unable to urinate in public bathrooms. In a cross-sectional observational study, social anxiety disorder (SAD) was more common among older persons who reported stressful life events, such as death of a spouse.27 MDD, specific phobia, and personality disorder are associated with SAD in geriatric patients.27 Prevalence rates of SAD appear to slightly decrease with age, although the condition remains common in geriatric patients—5% of older adults report lifetime prevalence—and its presentation is similar to that seen in younger adults.27

 

 

Agoraphobia. In older persons the prevalence of agoraphobia is 0. 6%.28 Most cases are of early onset but the condition can present de novo following a stroke or other medical event and can inhibit activities needed for successful rehabilitation. Agoraphobia can present within the context of panic attacks as is seen in younger adults but most geriatric patients with agoraphobia do not have concurrent panic disorder. This phobia is more common in women, widowed or divorced individuals, patients with chronic health conditions, and those with comorbid psychiatric disorders.29

Panic disorder

Panic disorder (PD) rarely starts for the first time after age 60, and most late-onset panic attacks are associated with medical and psychiatric comorbidities. PD tends to be less severe in older individuals than in younger adults.30 Recent stressful life events or losses can predict onset and maintenance of PD. Older patients may present with panic symptoms, such as shortness of breath, dizziness, or trembling, that overlap with age-related medical conditions. PD may be prevalent in older patients with chest pain and no evidence of coronary artery disease.31 Panic symptoms that are secondary to underlying medical conditions, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease exacerbation, usually wax and wane.32

Treatment

Treatment for anxiety disorders in geriatric patients may involve a combination of psychotherapy, pharmacotherapy, and complementary and alternative therapies. Treatment may be complicated if patients have ≥1 anxiety disorder or suffer from comorbid depression, substance abuse, or medical problems. As is seen with younger adults, the course of anxiety disorders in older patients waxes and wanes, but most disorders are unlikely to remit completely.33 Aging may influence the effects of psychotropic medications in older patients. Increased distribution and decreased metabolism and clearance of medications results in higher medication plasma levels and longer elimination half-lives. Medication compliance in older patients may be complicated by:

  • older patients’ sensitivity to anticho-linergic side effects
  • coexisting medical illnesses
  • polypharmacy, particularly in institutionalized settings
  • sensory and cognitive deficits.34

Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) generally are safe and produce fewer side effects compared with tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs), especially in geriatric patients. SSRIs and SNRIs may be useful for GAD, PD, OCD, and PTSD in older patients.35 TCAs can effectively treat anxiety symptoms but may be cardiotoxic and their anticholinergic properties can lead to serious side effects. Benzodiazepines often are used for acute or short-term anxiety management, but chronic use in geriatric patients can cause cognitive impairment, falls, and other serious side effects. Buspirone may be beneficial for GAD but is not effective for PD.36 The drug is well tolerated in older persons, but may take 2 to 4 weeks to be effective ( Table 2 ).35

Pharmacotherapy for anxiety disorders in geriatric patients often is used in conjunction with psychotherapy. Psychotherapeutic approaches include cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), exposure therapy, dialectical behavioral therapy, and interpersonal therapy. Increasing evidence supports the effectiveness of psychotherapy in treating anxiety disorders in younger adults as well as in older patients, often in combination with pharmacotherapy.37 In older patients with GAD, CBT is associated with a greater improvement in worry severity, depressive symptoms, and overall mental health compared with usual care.38

In addition to traditional pharmacotherapy, complementary and alternative therapies often are used for late-life anxiety. These therapies include biofeedback, progressive relaxation, acupuncture, yoga, massage therapy, art, music, or dance therapy, meditation, prayer, and spiritual counseling.

Table 2

Pharmacotherapy for anxiety disorders in older adults

MedicationComments
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitorsMay be useful for GAD, panic disorder, OCD, and PTSD
Serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitorsMay be useful for GAD, panic disorder, OCD, and PTSD
Tricyclic antidepressantsPotential for cardiotoxicity and overdose, anticholinergic properties
BenzodiazepinesChronic use can lead to cognitive impairment, falls
BuspironeEffective for GAD, but not panic disorder; may take 2 to 4 weeks to be effective
GAD: generalized anxiety disorder; OCD: obsessive-compulsive disorder; PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder
Source: Reference 35

Related Resources

  • Wetherell JL, Lenze EJ, Stanley MA. Evidence-based treatment of geriatric anxiety disorders. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2005; 28(4): 871-896, ix.
  • Lenze EJ, Wetherell JL. Anxiety disorders. In: Blazer DG, Steffens DC, eds. The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of geriatric psychiatry. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2009: 333-345.
 

 

Drug Brand Name

  • Buspirone • BuSpar

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/how-anxiety-presents-differently-in.html#comments

Although anxiety disorders are common at all ages, there is a misconception that their prevalence drastically declines with age. For this reason anxiety disorders often are underdiagnosed and undertreated in geriatric patients, especially when the clinical presentation of these disorders in older patients differs from that seen in younger adults.

In older persons, anxiety symptoms often overlap with medical conditions such as hyperthyroidism and geriatric patients tend to express anxiety symptoms as medical or somatic problems such as pain rather than as psychological distress.1 As a result, older adults often seek treatment for depressive or anxiety symptoms from their primary care physician instead of a psychiatrist. Unfortunately, primary care physicians often miss psychiatric illness, including anxiety disorders, in geriatric patients.

Anxiety may be a symptom of an underlying psychiatric disturbance, secondary to a general medical condition, or induced by dietary substances, substances of abuse, or medications. Late-life anxiety often is comorbid with major depressive disorder (MDD) ( Box ) and other psychological stressors as older adults recognize declining cognitive and physical functioning.2 Anxiety disorders commonly begin in early adulthood, tend to be chronic and interspersed with remissions and relapses, and usually continue into old age.3 In generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), there is a bimodal distribution of onset; approximately two-thirds of patients experience onset between the late teens and late 20s and one-third develop the disorder for the first time after age 50.3

Prevalence rates for anxiety disorders among older adults (age ≥55) range from 3. 5% to 10. 2%.4 These rates are slightly lower than those for younger adults.5 Among older adults, presence of a 12-month anxiety disorder was associated with female sex, lower education, being unmarried, and having ≥3 or more chronic conditions.6

Box

Comorbid anxiety and depression: Highly prevalent, poorer outcomes

The Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam study—one of the largest epidemiologic studies to examine comorbidity of anxiety disorders and depression in patients age 55 to 85—found that 48% of older persons with primary major depressive disorder (MDD) also had a comorbid anxiety disorder, whereas approximately one-fourth of those with anxiety disorders also had MDD.a Pre-existing anxiety disorders, such as social phobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, specific phobia, agoraphobia, and panic disorder, increase the risk of developing depression.b Rates of comorbid anxiety and depression increase with age.c

Late-life MDD comorbid with generalized anxiety disorder or panic disorder is associated with greater memory decline than MDD alone.d In addition, comorbid anxiety and depression is associated with greater symptom severity and persistence, greater functional impairment, substance dependence, poorer compliance and response to treatment, worse overall prognosis and outcome than patients with either disorder alone,e and greater likelihood of suicidal ideation in older men.f

References

a. Beekman AT, de Beurs E, van Balkom AJ, et al. Anxiety and depression in later life: co-occurrence and communality of risk factors. Am J Psychiatry. 2000; 157(1): 89-95.

b. Goodwin RD. Anxiety disorders and the onset of depression among adults in the community. Psychol Med. 2002; 32: 1121-1124.

c. Merikangas KR, Zhang H, Avenevoli S, et al. Longitudinal trajectories of depression and anxiety in a prospective community study: the Zurich Cohort Study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2003; 60: 993-1000.

d. DeLuca AK, Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorder in late life depression: association with memory decline over four years. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2005; 20(9): 848-854.

e. Merikangas KR, Kalaydjian A. Magnitude and impact of comorbidity of mental disorders from epidemiologic surveys. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2007; 20: 353-358.

f. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Shear MK, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorders in depressed elderly patients. Am J Psychiatry. 2000; 157: 722-728.

Anxiety and disability risk

Anxiety disorders affect geriatric patients more profoundly than their younger counterparts. Persons age ≥65 who have an anxiety disorder are 3 to 10 times more likely to be hospitalized than younger individuals.1 Anxiety is associated with high rates of medically unexplained symptoms, increased use of health care resources, chronic medical illness, low levels of physical health-related quality of life, and physical disability.7,8

Anxiety symptoms may predict progressing physical disability among older women and reduced ability to perform activities of daily living over 1 year.9 Anxious geriatric patients are less independent and increase the burden on family and caregivers.10 Anxiety disorders are associated with lower compliance with medical treatment, which could worsen chronic medical conditions and increase the risk for nursing home admission.11 Anxious older adults report decreased life satisfaction, memory impairment, poorer self perception of health, and increased loneliness.12

 

 

Generalized anxiety disorder

Although GAD is the most common anxiety disorder among geriatric patients, with a prevalence of 0. 7% to 9%,13 it remains underdiagnosed and undertreated.14 In a cross-sectional observational study of 439 adults age ≥55 with lifetime GAD, approximately one-half experienced onset after age 50.15 Late onset is associated with more frequent hypertension and a poorer health-related quality of life than early onset.15

Compared with younger individuals, older persons with GAD have a greater variety of worry topics, including memory loss, medical illnesses, and fear of falls,16 but worry less about the future and work than younger patients. This type of anxiety is largely situational and temporary, and often accompanies comorbid medical problems (Table 1) .

Obsessive-compulsive disorder

A study comparing older (age ≥60) and younger obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) patients found that the clinical presentation of the disorder does not substantially differ between age groups; however, geriatric patients had fewer concerns about symmetry, needing to know, and counting rituals. Handwashing and fear of having sinned were more common.17

OCD is fairly uncommon in geriatric patients. Prevalence rates decrease with age, ranging between 0% and 0. 8% among persons age ≥60.18 OCD seldom begins in late life; most geriatric patients with OCD have had symptoms for decades. By late life, most individuals with OCD improve, although they may continue to experience clinical or subclinical symptoms.19 However, 1 report found a second peak of incidence of OCD in women age ≥65.20 Case reports of late-onset OCD have found evidence of cerebral lesions, often in the basal ganglia, which suggests a possible neurodegenerative pathophysiology.21

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR criteria for generalized anxiety disorder

A.Excessive anxiety and worry (apprehensive expectation), occurring more days than not for at least 6 months, about a number of events or activities (such as work or school performance)
B.The person finds it difficult to control the worry
C.The anxiety and worry are associated with 3 or more of the following symptoms with at least some symptoms present for more days than not for the past 6 months:
  1. Restlessness or feeling keyed up or on edge
  2. Being easily fatigued
  3. Difficulty concentrating or mind going blank
  4. Irritability
  5. Muscle tension
  6. Sleep disturbance
D.The focus of the anxiety and worry is not confined to features of an axis I disorder
E.The symptoms cause clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
F.The disturbance is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance or a general medical condition and does not occur exclusively during a mood disorder, a psychotic disorder, or a pervasive developmental disorder
Source: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000

Posttraumatic stress disorder

Untreated posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) often is assumed to be a chronic disorder. Recollections of past trauma may lead to new PTSD symptoms in older patients. Neurodegeneration of memory pathways and cognitive impairment associated with Alzheimer‘s disease or vascular or alcohol-related dementia may disinhibit PTSD symptoms in patients whose PTSD was fairly well controlled.22

Life events associated with aging—death of a spouse, financial and physical decline, chronic pain, or diminished cognitive coping resources—may precipitate or revive PTSD symptoms associated with earlier exposure to severe psychological trauma.23 These life changes also may precipitate socalled delayed PTSD, when symptoms relating to past traumatic experiences present for the first time. Geriatric patients may be more likely than younger persons to deny their PTSD symptoms if their cultural background emphasizes stoicism and fortitude.24

Phobias

Specific phobias. The prevalence of specific phobias drops dramatically in late life, although older patients might underreport symptoms. Many older persons are afraid of falling. Approximately 60% of older adults with a history of falling—and 30% of older individuals with no such history— report this fear. Fear of falling is more prevalent in women and increases with age.25,26 This fear may be a protective response to a real threat that prevents older persons from attempting high-risk activities, but it also can cause patients to restrict their activities, which can result in decreased social, physical, or cognitive functioning and loss of in-dependence.25

Social phobias (social anxiety disorder).

Among older adults, common social phobias include eating food around strangers, and—especially in men—being unable to urinate in public bathrooms. In a cross-sectional observational study, social anxiety disorder (SAD) was more common among older persons who reported stressful life events, such as death of a spouse.27 MDD, specific phobia, and personality disorder are associated with SAD in geriatric patients.27 Prevalence rates of SAD appear to slightly decrease with age, although the condition remains common in geriatric patients—5% of older adults report lifetime prevalence—and its presentation is similar to that seen in younger adults.27

 

 

Agoraphobia. In older persons the prevalence of agoraphobia is 0. 6%.28 Most cases are of early onset but the condition can present de novo following a stroke or other medical event and can inhibit activities needed for successful rehabilitation. Agoraphobia can present within the context of panic attacks as is seen in younger adults but most geriatric patients with agoraphobia do not have concurrent panic disorder. This phobia is more common in women, widowed or divorced individuals, patients with chronic health conditions, and those with comorbid psychiatric disorders.29

Panic disorder

Panic disorder (PD) rarely starts for the first time after age 60, and most late-onset panic attacks are associated with medical and psychiatric comorbidities. PD tends to be less severe in older individuals than in younger adults.30 Recent stressful life events or losses can predict onset and maintenance of PD. Older patients may present with panic symptoms, such as shortness of breath, dizziness, or trembling, that overlap with age-related medical conditions. PD may be prevalent in older patients with chest pain and no evidence of coronary artery disease.31 Panic symptoms that are secondary to underlying medical conditions, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease exacerbation, usually wax and wane.32

Treatment

Treatment for anxiety disorders in geriatric patients may involve a combination of psychotherapy, pharmacotherapy, and complementary and alternative therapies. Treatment may be complicated if patients have ≥1 anxiety disorder or suffer from comorbid depression, substance abuse, or medical problems. As is seen with younger adults, the course of anxiety disorders in older patients waxes and wanes, but most disorders are unlikely to remit completely.33 Aging may influence the effects of psychotropic medications in older patients. Increased distribution and decreased metabolism and clearance of medications results in higher medication plasma levels and longer elimination half-lives. Medication compliance in older patients may be complicated by:

  • older patients’ sensitivity to anticho-linergic side effects
  • coexisting medical illnesses
  • polypharmacy, particularly in institutionalized settings
  • sensory and cognitive deficits.34

Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) generally are safe and produce fewer side effects compared with tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs), especially in geriatric patients. SSRIs and SNRIs may be useful for GAD, PD, OCD, and PTSD in older patients.35 TCAs can effectively treat anxiety symptoms but may be cardiotoxic and their anticholinergic properties can lead to serious side effects. Benzodiazepines often are used for acute or short-term anxiety management, but chronic use in geriatric patients can cause cognitive impairment, falls, and other serious side effects. Buspirone may be beneficial for GAD but is not effective for PD.36 The drug is well tolerated in older persons, but may take 2 to 4 weeks to be effective ( Table 2 ).35

Pharmacotherapy for anxiety disorders in geriatric patients often is used in conjunction with psychotherapy. Psychotherapeutic approaches include cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), exposure therapy, dialectical behavioral therapy, and interpersonal therapy. Increasing evidence supports the effectiveness of psychotherapy in treating anxiety disorders in younger adults as well as in older patients, often in combination with pharmacotherapy.37 In older patients with GAD, CBT is associated with a greater improvement in worry severity, depressive symptoms, and overall mental health compared with usual care.38

In addition to traditional pharmacotherapy, complementary and alternative therapies often are used for late-life anxiety. These therapies include biofeedback, progressive relaxation, acupuncture, yoga, massage therapy, art, music, or dance therapy, meditation, prayer, and spiritual counseling.

Table 2

Pharmacotherapy for anxiety disorders in older adults

MedicationComments
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitorsMay be useful for GAD, panic disorder, OCD, and PTSD
Serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitorsMay be useful for GAD, panic disorder, OCD, and PTSD
Tricyclic antidepressantsPotential for cardiotoxicity and overdose, anticholinergic properties
BenzodiazepinesChronic use can lead to cognitive impairment, falls
BuspironeEffective for GAD, but not panic disorder; may take 2 to 4 weeks to be effective
GAD: generalized anxiety disorder; OCD: obsessive-compulsive disorder; PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder
Source: Reference 35

Related Resources

  • Wetherell JL, Lenze EJ, Stanley MA. Evidence-based treatment of geriatric anxiety disorders. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2005; 28(4): 871-896, ix.
  • Lenze EJ, Wetherell JL. Anxiety disorders. In: Blazer DG, Steffens DC, eds. The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of geriatric psychiatry. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2009: 333-345.
 

 

Drug Brand Name

  • Buspirone • BuSpar

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Fuentes K, Cox BJ. Prevalence of anxiety disorders in elderly adults: a critical analysis. J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry. 1997;28:269-279.

2. Préville M, Hérbert R, Bravo G, et al. Predisposing and facilitating factors of severe psychological distress among frail elderly. Can J Aging. 2002;21:195-204.

3. Le Roux H, Gatz M, Wetherell JL. Age at onset of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2005;13:23-30.

4. Beekman AT, Bremmer MA, Deeg DJ, et al. Anxiety disorders in later life: a report from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1998;13:717-726.

5. Regier DA, Rae DS, Narrow WE, et al. Prevalence of anxiety disorders and their comorbidity with mood and addictive disorders. Br J Psychiatry Suppl. 1998;34:24-28.

6. Gum AM, King-Kallimanis B, Kohn R. Prevalence of mood anxiety, and substance-abuse disorders for older Americans in the national comorbidity survey-replication. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(9):769-781.

7. Sareen J, Jacobi F, Cox BJ, et al. Disability and poor quality of life associated with comorbid anxiety disorders and physical conditions. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166:2109-2116.

8. Porensky EK, Dew MA, Karp JF, et al. The burden of late-life generalized anxiety disorder: effects on disability, health-related quality of life, and healthcare utilization. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(6):473-482.

9. Tinetti ME, Inouye SK, Gill TM, et al. Shared risk-factors for falls, incontinence, and functional dependence: unifying the approach to geriatric syndromes. JAMA. 1995;273:1348-1353.

10. Lenze EJ, Karp JF, Mulsant BH, et al. Somatic symptoms in late-life anxiety: treatment issues. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2005;18:89-96.

11. Gibbons LE, Teri L, Logsdon R, et al. Anxiety symptoms as predictors of nursing home placement in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of Clinical Geropsychology. 2002;4:335-342.

12. de Beurs E, Beekman AT, van Balkom AJ, et al. Consequences of anxiety in older persons: its effect on disability, well-being and use of health services. Psychol Med. 1999;29(3):583-593.

13. Schoevers RA, Beekman AT, Deeg DJ, et al. Comorbidity and risk-patterns of depression, generalised anxiety disorder and mixed anxiety-depression in later life: results from the AMSTEL study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2003;18:944-1001.

14. Wilk J, West J, Narrow W, et al. Are anxiety disorders underdiagnosed and undertreated in routine psychiatric practice? Poster presented at: AcademyHealth Annual Meeting; June 8, 2004; San Diego, CA.

15. Chou KL. Age at onset of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(6):455-464.

16. Howland J, Peterson EW, Levin WC, et al. Fear of falling among the community-dwelling elderly. J Aging Health. 1993;5(2):229-243.

17. Kohn R, Westlake RJ, Rasmussen SA, et al. Clinical features of obsessive-compulsive disorder in elderly patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1997;5(3):211-215.

18. Flint AJ. Epidemiology and comorbidity of anxiety disorders in the elderly. Am J Psychiatry. 1994;151:640-649.

19. Skoog G, Skoog I. A 40-year follow-up of patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(2):121-127.

20. Nestadt G, Bienvenu OJ, Cai G, et al. Incidence of obsessive-compulsive disorder in adults. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1998;186:401-406.

21. Chacko RC, Corbin MA, Harper RG. Acquired obsessive-compulsive disorder associated with basal ganglia lesions. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2000;12:269-272.

22. Mittal D, Torres R, Abashidze A, et al. Worsening of post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms with cognitive decline: case series. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2001;14(1):17-20.

23. Tedstone JE, Tarrier N. Posttraumatic stress disorder following medical illness and treatment. Clin Psychol Rev. 2003;23(3):409-448.

24. Creamer M, Parslow R. Trauma exposure and posttraumatic stress disorder in the elderly: a community prevalence study. Am J Ger Psychiatry. 2008;16:853-856.

25. Alcalde Tirado P. Fear of falling. Rev Esp Geriatr Gerontol. 2010;45(1):38-44.

26. Boyd R, Stevens JA. Falls and fear of falling: burden beliefs and behaviours. Age Ageing. 2009;38(4):423-428.

27. Cairney J, McCabe L, Veldhuizen S, et al. Epidemiology of social phobia in later life. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(3):224-233.

28. Pontillo DC, Lang AJ, Stein MB. Management and treatment of anxiety disorders in the older patient. Clinical Geriatrics. 2002;10(10):38-49.

29. McCabe L, Cairney J, Veldhuizen S, et al. Prevalence and correlates of agoraphobia in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2006;14(6):515-522.

30. Hassan R, Pollard CA. Late-life-onset panic disorder: clinical and demographic characteristics of a patient sample. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 1994;7:86-90.

31. Beitman BD, Kushner M, Grossberg GT. Late onset panic disorder: evidence from a study of patients with chest pain and normal cardiac evaluations. Int J Psychiatry Med. 1991;21(1):29-35.

32. Garvey MJ. Panic disorder: guidelines to safe use of benzodiazepines. Geriatrics. 1993;48(7):49-58.

33. Schuurmans J, Comijs HC, Beekman AT, et al. The outcome of anxiety disorders in older people at six-year follow-up: results from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2005;111:420-428.

34. Von Moltke LL, Abernethy DR, Greenblatt DJ. Kinetics and dynamics of psychotropic drugs in the elderly. In: Salzman C ed. Clinical geriatric psychopharmacology. 3rd ed. Baltimore, MD: Williams and Wilkins; 1998:70-93.

35. Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al and the British Association for Psychopharmacology. Evidence-based guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders: recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2005;19(6):567-596.

36. Sheehan DV, Raj AB, Sheehan KH, et al. Is buspirone effective for panic disorder? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1990;10(1):3-11.

37. Black DW. Efficacy of combined pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy versus monotherapy in the treatment of anxiety disorders. CNS Spectr. 2006;11(10 suppl 12):29-33.

38. Stanley MA, Wilson NL, Novy DM, et al. Cognitive behavior therapy for generalized anxiety disorder among older adults in primary care: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2009;301(14):1460-1467.

References

1. Fuentes K, Cox BJ. Prevalence of anxiety disorders in elderly adults: a critical analysis. J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry. 1997;28:269-279.

2. Préville M, Hérbert R, Bravo G, et al. Predisposing and facilitating factors of severe psychological distress among frail elderly. Can J Aging. 2002;21:195-204.

3. Le Roux H, Gatz M, Wetherell JL. Age at onset of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2005;13:23-30.

4. Beekman AT, Bremmer MA, Deeg DJ, et al. Anxiety disorders in later life: a report from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1998;13:717-726.

5. Regier DA, Rae DS, Narrow WE, et al. Prevalence of anxiety disorders and their comorbidity with mood and addictive disorders. Br J Psychiatry Suppl. 1998;34:24-28.

6. Gum AM, King-Kallimanis B, Kohn R. Prevalence of mood anxiety, and substance-abuse disorders for older Americans in the national comorbidity survey-replication. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(9):769-781.

7. Sareen J, Jacobi F, Cox BJ, et al. Disability and poor quality of life associated with comorbid anxiety disorders and physical conditions. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166:2109-2116.

8. Porensky EK, Dew MA, Karp JF, et al. The burden of late-life generalized anxiety disorder: effects on disability, health-related quality of life, and healthcare utilization. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(6):473-482.

9. Tinetti ME, Inouye SK, Gill TM, et al. Shared risk-factors for falls, incontinence, and functional dependence: unifying the approach to geriatric syndromes. JAMA. 1995;273:1348-1353.

10. Lenze EJ, Karp JF, Mulsant BH, et al. Somatic symptoms in late-life anxiety: treatment issues. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2005;18:89-96.

11. Gibbons LE, Teri L, Logsdon R, et al. Anxiety symptoms as predictors of nursing home placement in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of Clinical Geropsychology. 2002;4:335-342.

12. de Beurs E, Beekman AT, van Balkom AJ, et al. Consequences of anxiety in older persons: its effect on disability, well-being and use of health services. Psychol Med. 1999;29(3):583-593.

13. Schoevers RA, Beekman AT, Deeg DJ, et al. Comorbidity and risk-patterns of depression, generalised anxiety disorder and mixed anxiety-depression in later life: results from the AMSTEL study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2003;18:944-1001.

14. Wilk J, West J, Narrow W, et al. Are anxiety disorders underdiagnosed and undertreated in routine psychiatric practice? Poster presented at: AcademyHealth Annual Meeting; June 8, 2004; San Diego, CA.

15. Chou KL. Age at onset of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2009;17(6):455-464.

16. Howland J, Peterson EW, Levin WC, et al. Fear of falling among the community-dwelling elderly. J Aging Health. 1993;5(2):229-243.

17. Kohn R, Westlake RJ, Rasmussen SA, et al. Clinical features of obsessive-compulsive disorder in elderly patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 1997;5(3):211-215.

18. Flint AJ. Epidemiology and comorbidity of anxiety disorders in the elderly. Am J Psychiatry. 1994;151:640-649.

19. Skoog G, Skoog I. A 40-year follow-up of patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(2):121-127.

20. Nestadt G, Bienvenu OJ, Cai G, et al. Incidence of obsessive-compulsive disorder in adults. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1998;186:401-406.

21. Chacko RC, Corbin MA, Harper RG. Acquired obsessive-compulsive disorder associated with basal ganglia lesions. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2000;12:269-272.

22. Mittal D, Torres R, Abashidze A, et al. Worsening of post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms with cognitive decline: case series. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2001;14(1):17-20.

23. Tedstone JE, Tarrier N. Posttraumatic stress disorder following medical illness and treatment. Clin Psychol Rev. 2003;23(3):409-448.

24. Creamer M, Parslow R. Trauma exposure and posttraumatic stress disorder in the elderly: a community prevalence study. Am J Ger Psychiatry. 2008;16:853-856.

25. Alcalde Tirado P. Fear of falling. Rev Esp Geriatr Gerontol. 2010;45(1):38-44.

26. Boyd R, Stevens JA. Falls and fear of falling: burden beliefs and behaviours. Age Ageing. 2009;38(4):423-428.

27. Cairney J, McCabe L, Veldhuizen S, et al. Epidemiology of social phobia in later life. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;15(3):224-233.

28. Pontillo DC, Lang AJ, Stein MB. Management and treatment of anxiety disorders in the older patient. Clinical Geriatrics. 2002;10(10):38-49.

29. McCabe L, Cairney J, Veldhuizen S, et al. Prevalence and correlates of agoraphobia in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2006;14(6):515-522.

30. Hassan R, Pollard CA. Late-life-onset panic disorder: clinical and demographic characteristics of a patient sample. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 1994;7:86-90.

31. Beitman BD, Kushner M, Grossberg GT. Late onset panic disorder: evidence from a study of patients with chest pain and normal cardiac evaluations. Int J Psychiatry Med. 1991;21(1):29-35.

32. Garvey MJ. Panic disorder: guidelines to safe use of benzodiazepines. Geriatrics. 1993;48(7):49-58.

33. Schuurmans J, Comijs HC, Beekman AT, et al. The outcome of anxiety disorders in older people at six-year follow-up: results from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2005;111:420-428.

34. Von Moltke LL, Abernethy DR, Greenblatt DJ. Kinetics and dynamics of psychotropic drugs in the elderly. In: Salzman C ed. Clinical geriatric psychopharmacology. 3rd ed. Baltimore, MD: Williams and Wilkins; 1998:70-93.

35. Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al and the British Association for Psychopharmacology. Evidence-based guidelines for the pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders: recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2005;19(6):567-596.

36. Sheehan DV, Raj AB, Sheehan KH, et al. Is buspirone effective for panic disorder? J Clin Psychopharmacol. 1990;10(1):3-11.

37. Black DW. Efficacy of combined pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy versus monotherapy in the treatment of anxiety disorders. CNS Spectr. 2006;11(10 suppl 12):29-33.

38. Stanley MA, Wilson NL, Novy DM, et al. Cognitive behavior therapy for generalized anxiety disorder among older adults in primary care: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2009;301(14):1460-1467.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Page Number
65-72
Page Number
65-72
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
How anxiety presents differently in older adults
Display Headline
How anxiety presents differently in older adults
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Adapting dialectical behavior therapy to help suicidal adolescents

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:04
Display Headline
Adapting dialectical behavior therapy to help suicidal adolescents

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/adapting-dialectical-behavior-therapy.html#comments

Dr. Salsman: Teaching suicidal adolescents skills for ‘walking the middle path’

Treating suicidal adolescents is fraught with challenges. Antidepressants may be associated with increased suicidal ideation in adolescents,1-3 although some data suggest that increased adolescent suicide rates are correlated with decreases in antidepressant prescribing.4 Adolescents hospitalized after a suicide attempt are likely to attempt suicide again after they are discharged.5,6 Such patients might not attend outpatient psychotherapy; a study of 167 adolescents discharged after a suicide attempt found that 26% never attended follow-up appointments and 11% went once.7

Emerging research supports the effectiveness of dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) for suicidal adolescents. DBT is a form of cognitive-behavioral therapy that combines individual therapy, skills training, and telephone coaching and is implemented by a therapist consultation team that meets weekly. This article reviews evidence supporting the efficacy of DBT for suicidal adolescents and describes principles of outpatient DBT for these patients as developed by Miller et al.8

Evidence of DBT’s effectiveness

A review of DBT research found strong evidence for DBT’s effectiveness for suicidal adults.9 Recently, DBT has been adapted to treat adolescents with suicidal behavior and nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI).10-15

In a nonrandomized trial, Rathus and Miller10 compared 29 suicidal adolescent outpatients receiving DBT with 82 participants receiving treatment as usual (TAU). Patients were assigned to DBT if they had a suicide attempt in the previous 16 weeks and ≥3 borderline personality disorder (BPD) features or to TAU if they met only 1 of those conditions. Patients in the DBT group had more axis I disorders and pretreatment hospitalizations than the TAU group. Compared with those receiving TAU, patients treated with DBT had fewer hospitalizations (13% in TAU vs 0% in DBT) and a lower dropout rate (60% in TAU vs 38% in DBT). The DBT group experienced significant reductions in suicidal ideation, BPD symptoms, and general psychiatric symptoms. There was 1 suicide attempt in the DBT group vs 7 attempts in the TAU group; however, this difference was not statistically significant.

Woodberry and Popenoe11 examined the use of DBT for suicidal adolescents and their families in a community outpatient clinic. Adolescents reported reductions in overall symptoms, depression, anger, dissociative symptoms, and urges for intentional self-injury. Parents reported reductions in their children’s problem behaviors and in their own depressive symptoms. In a study of DBT in 16 adolescent females with chronic intentional self-injury, patients reported significant reductions in incidents of intentional self-injury, depression, and hopelessness, and increases in overall functioning.12

Three studies have examined using DBT for suicidal adolescents in residential facilities. In a pilot study, Katz et al13 compared DBT with TAU for 62 suicidal adolescent inpatients. At 1-year follow-up, both groups experienced significant reductions in suicidal ideation, NSSI, and depression. However, compared with those who received TAU, DBT patients had fewer behavioral problems during hospitalization. Sunseri14 used DBT to treat adolescent females in residential treatment. After DBT was implemented, residents were hospitalized because of NSSI and suicidality for fewer days than before DBT. Trupin et al15 taught DBT to staff who worked with female adolescent offenders at a juvenile rehabilitation facility. After the staff implemented DBT, the rates of problem behaviors and punishment by staff decreased on 1 unit; there were no behavior or punishment changes on another unit.

Theoretical foundations

Biosocial theory. The problems DBT treats in suicidal adolescents include emotion dysregulation, interpersonal conflict, impulsivity, cognitive dysregulation, and self-dysregulation.8 The biosocial theory postulates that these problems are the result of the transaction, or reciprocal relationship, between biologic predispositions and an invalidating environment. The biosocial theory suggests 3 biologic characteristics often are found among suicidal adolescents:

  • high emotional sensitivity
  • high extremity in reactions
  • a slow return to baseline after experiencing a surge in affect.8

Although these characteristics indicate higher emotionality, they are not sufficient to account for suicidal adolescents’ difficulties. Problems arise when individuals with these biologic characteristics are raised in an invalidating environment, where the adolescent does not learn how to regulate emotions. Common characteristics of invalidating environments and their effects on adolescents are described in Table 1 .8

Treatment theory. DBT for suicidal adolescents focuses on a synthesis between 2 seemingly opposite treatment strategies: change and acceptance. The change focus is derived from behavioral science, and treatment incorporates standard behavior therapy practices, including chain analysis (described below), skills training, contingency management, and exposure.

 

 

The acceptance focus draws upon principles of Zen and other Eastern spiritual traditions. Therapists teach patients to accept reality as it is in this moment, without judgment. A key extension of this acceptance is the use of validation—radical acceptance and acknowledgement that all behavior has validity and understandability. DBT therapists strive to use 6 levels of validation with their patients ( Table 2 ),16 which often is a critical strategy for adolescents who reside in an invalidating environment.

DBT attempts to synthesize the acceptance-based Zen tradition with the change-based strategies of behavioral science through a dialectical philosophy. A fundamental postulate of dialectical philosophy is that a tension occurs when an initial truth or thesis is opposed by an apparently contradictory truth or antithesis.8 DBT therapists work with adolescents to find a synthesis that is the “middle path, “ which includes the truth in both positions as well as what is left out of both. For an example of how this might work for an adolescent patient with NSSI, visit this article at CurrentPsychiatry.com.

Table 1

Characteristics of an invalidating environment

CharacteristicResult
Indiscriminately rejects communications of private experiencesAdolescents learn to actively self-invalidate and do not learn to validate themselves, label their emotions, or effectively regulate their emotions
Actively punishes displays of emotions, interspersed with intermittent reinforcement of emotional outburstsAdolescents develop problematic emotion regulation strategies that oscillate between suppression and extreme outbursts
Oversimplifies problem solvingAdolescents develop high perfectionism and sensitivity to perceived failure, form unrealistic goals, and experience intense negative arousal in response to challenging feedback
Source: Reference 8


Table 2

6 levels of validation employed by DBT therapists

LevelValidation practices
Accurate reflectionParaphrase what an adolescent says; communicate that you accurately understand what the adolescent has said
MindreadingCommunicate that you understand the adolescent’s private experiences or that which is unsaid. Articulate private experiences of the adolescent based on your knowledge of him or her
Observing and listeningUse nonverbal and paralinguistic cues to indicate interest. Communicate that you wish to know the adolescent’s emotions, thoughts, and behaviors
Validating in terms of causesMake sense of behavior based on the adolescent’s learning history or biology. Describe how a behavior is effective for short-term but not long-term goals
Validating in terms of the presentSearch for and reflect the wisdom and truth in the adolescent’s behavior by saying things such as ‘Of course you feel this way! Anyone would feel the same in your situation’
Radical genuinenessAct natural, like a real person, rather than a ‘therapist. ‘ Communicate belief and confidence in the adolescent
DBT: dialectical behavior therapy
Source: Reference 16

How DBT works

DBT serves 5 functions. It enhances patient capabilities, increases patient motivation, structures the environment to increase the likelihood of success, works to assure generalization from therapy to the natural environment, and enhances therapists’ capabilities and motivation to treat patients effectively.8 Outpatient DBT for suicidal adolescents uses 4 modes of treatment:

  • weekly individual therapy
  • weekly skills training
  • telephone coaching
  • weekly therapist consultation team meetings.8

Although Linehan’s original research with adults was based on a 1-year treatment model,17 treatment lasts 12 to 16 weeks in the adolescent DBT model designed and studied by Miller et al.8 Treatment for adolescents is shorter because research indicates that suicidal adolescents frequently fail to complete longer courses of therapy.18

Individual therapy. The rank-ordered targets of individual therapy in the first stage of DBT are to:

  1. eliminate life-threatening behavior, including NSSI
  2. stop therapy-interfering behaviors (eg, not showing up to sessions)
  3. change behaviors that interfere with the adolescent’s quality of life (eg, substance abuse)
  4. enhance the adolescent’s use of skills.8

The individual therapist sets treatment goals in accord with these targets, monitors progress, integrates all modes of therapy, and balances acceptance and validation of the patient with being a catalyst for change. Family members may be included in therapy sessions when family problems emerge as the highest priority.

DBT therapists use chain analysis—which is a process of assessing the series of events, link by link, that lead from a prompting event to a problem behavior (eg, suicide attempt)—to assess problematic behavior and identify methods of change.8 The therapist and patient use this process to develop alternative behaviors for the patient to use to reach a more effective outcome.

DBT therapists also ask adolescents to fill out a daily diary card that tracks targeted behaviors, including NSSI, suicidal urges, and important emotions. The diary card helps the therapist determine what needs to be targeted in therapy, increases mindfulness and understanding of problem behaviors, and helps change targeted behavior.

 

 

Skills training addresses skills deficits believed to be causing the suicidal adolescent’s problems. DBT systematically teaches 5 skill sets:

  • emotional regulation
  • mindfulness
  • interpersonal effectiveness
  • distress tolerance
  • “walking the middle path. “8

These skills are designed to treat specific problems common among suicidal adolescents and their families. For example, suicidal adolescents often experience a spike in emotions that leads to urges for ineffective behavior, such as attempting suicide or attacking another person. Table 3 provides steps that teach “opposite action, “ which can reduce ineffective emotions and problematic urges associated with these emotions. Table 4 provides mindfulness practices that can help patients address problems such as mindlessness and avoiding the present moment. Although adolescent DBT skills training is similar to that in adults, Table 5 describes key differences.

Table 3

Teaching adolescents ‘opposite action’

Ask, what emotion am I experiencing? (eg, anger)
Ask, is it effective for me to experience this emotion? Does this emotion fit the facts of the situation? (If the answer to either of these questions is no, then proceed)
Ask, what is the action urge associated with this emotion? (eg, to attack)
Do actions that are opposite to the action urge (eg, gently avoid the person with whom you are angry)
Act opposite to the action all the way and completely (eg, have empathy and understanding for the other person, change your body posture by unclenching hands and relaxing facial muscles)
Keep repeating the opposite action until the emotion decreases
Source: Reference 8


Table 4

Mindfulness practices: Teach adolescents to live in the present moment

PracticeDescription
Mindful eatingProvide patients with a piece of food such as a carrot slice, raisin, saltine, candy, etc. Instruct them to eat the food using all of their senses. Tell them to observe it visually, notice the smells and textures, the taste, etc. Encourage patients to notice all that goes into the process and mechanics of chewing and swallowing. Observe the taste, changes in texture, and even sounds
Observing different body partsAsk patients to get in a comfortable, relaxed, and still position. Provide verbal instructions to attend to a body part. For example, ‘Focus your attention on your left knee. If you notice your mind wandering, bring your attention back to your left knee. ‘ Spend about 30 seconds attending to the body part and then switch to another body part (eg, upper lip, right ear lobe, third toe on your left foot, etc. )
Mindful blowing bubblesProvide patients with bubbles and ask them to blow bubbles. Pay attention to the activity and the bubbles themselves. If patients get distracted or have judgments about the activities, instruct them to notice these thoughts and bring themselves back to participating
Source: Reference 8


Table 5

Adapting DBT skills training for adolescents

AlterationReason
Added ‘walking the middle path’ skillsThis skill set was added to elaborate on topics including validation, polarities in behavioral patterns in the family, and how to apply learning principles to the self and others. The goals of these skills are to decrease parent and teen conflict, increase understanding of typical vs pathological teen behavior, and effectively change behavior through contingency management
Parents and family members of the suicidal adolescent attend weekly skills trainingGeneralization of the skills outside of therapy is more likely to occur with families’ help. Additionally, having family members practice the skills will decrease the likelihood that the home environment invalidates the adolescent, reinforces problematic behaviors, and/or persists in familial dysfunction
Duration of skills training decreased to 16 weeksIncreases the likelihood that adolescents complete therapy by reducing the number of skills taught
Some handouts have been modifiedThe forms are more appropriate for adolescents and family members
Source: Reference 8

Telephone consultation. The purpose of brief (5 to 15 minutes) telephone consultations between a patient and therapist is to:

  • enhance the likelihood of effective behavior
  • coach the use of skills
  • decrease the likelihood of problematic behaviors.

DBT telephone consultation for adults differs from that for suicidal adolescents. In DBT for adults, if a patient engages in NSSI or suicidal behavior, there is no telephone contact for 24 hours. This rule aims to avoid reinforcing the behavior with additional contact. However, this rule does not apply to adolescents because restricting adolescents’ access to resources for managing the aftereffects of self-harm could increase their risk of injury or death. Nonetheless, adolescents are strongly encouraged to use telephone coaching before rather than after self-harm. A second difference is that in DBT for adolescents, telephone coaching is offered to parents to help them use skills in the home. To avoid complications with dual relationships, the parents’ telephone coach should not be the adolescent’s individual therapist.

 

 

Consultation team meetings. The consultation team meets weekly to increase therapists’ capabilities and motivation.

Therapists who treat suicidal adolescents often have a high degree of burnout, which leads to ineffective treatment and/or quitting.8 The team provides support, engages in problem-solving, and helps therapists adhere to the treatment model to improve effectiveness. Clinicians interested in participating a consultation team may review http://behavioraltech.org/resources/crd.cfm for a directory of existing DBT programs. Those interested in starting a consultation team may explore training programs such as those offered at www.behavioraltech.org.

Related Resources

  • Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2007; 3: 181-205.
  • Miller A, Rathus JH, Linehan MM. Dialectical behavior therapy with suicidal adolescents. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2007.
  • Rathus JH, Miller AL. Dialectical behavior therapy adapted for suicidal adolescents. Suicide Life Threat Behav. 2002; 32(2): 146-157.

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

DBT for nonsuicidal self-injury: A ‘middle path’ example

Many adolescents who receive dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) find that nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI) leads to physiological, affective, and/or cognitive relief from suffering. Research indicates that persons who engage in NSSI have significant improvement in mood and reductions in dissociation after NSSIa and significantly higher analgesic response to pain than healthy controls.b The antithesis of this is that NSSI causes long-term suffering by, for example, alienating friends and family.c

One resolves this dialectical tension—ie, the validity in 2 opposing truths—by seeking a synthesis that maintains the truth in both sides and looks for what is being left out from both. In this case the DBT therapist must accept that NSSI provides benefits and validate the adolescent’s attempts to ease his or her emotional suffering. The therapist and patient also must recognize the harm and exacerbation of suffering that results from NSSI. The therapist and adolescent work to create a “middle path” to replace the NSSI with more skillful means that provide short-term relief, don’t exacerbate long-term suffering, and help the adolescent reach goals.

References

a. Kemperman I, Russ M, Shearin E. Self-injurious behavior and mood regulation in borderline patients. J Pers Disord. 1997; 11: 146-157.

b. Bohus M, Limberger M, Ebner U, et al. Pain perception during self-reported distress and calmness in patients with borderline personality disorder and self-mutilating behavior. Psychiatry Res. 2000; 95: 251-260.

c. Klonsky E, Oltmanns T, Turkheimer E. Deliberate self-harm in a nonclinical population: prevalence and psychological correlates. Am J Psychiatry. 2003; 160: 1501-1508.

References

1. Barbui C, Esposito E, Cipriani A. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and risk of suicide: a systematic review of observational studies. CMAJ. 2009;180:291-297.

2. Dubicka B, Hadley S, Roberts C. Suicidal behavior in youths with depression treated with new-generation antidepressants: meta-analysis. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;189:393-398.

3. Hammad TA, Laughren TP, Racoosin JA. Suicidality in pediatric patients treated with antidepressant drugs. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63:332-339.

4. Katz LY, Kozyrskyi AL, Prior HJ, et al. Effect of regulatory warnings on antidepressant prescription rates, use of health services and outcomes among children, adolescents and young adults. CMAJ. 2008;178:1005-1011.

5. Brent DA, Kolko DJ, Wartella ME, et al. Adolescent psychiatric inpatients’ risk of suicide attempt at 6-month follow-up. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:95-105.

6. Pfeffer CR, Klerman GL, Hurt SW, et al. Suicidal children grow up: rates and psychosocial risk factors for suicide attempts during follow-up. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:106-113.

7. Granboulan V, Roudot-Thoraval F, Lemerle S, et al. Predictive factors of post-discharge follow-up care among adolescent suicide attempters. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2001;104:31-36.

8. Miller A, Rathus JH, Linehan MM. Dialectical behavior therapy with suicidal adolescents. New York NY: The Guilford Press; 2007.

9. Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. In: Nolen-Hoeksema S, Cannon TD, Widiger T, eds. Annual review of clinical psychology. Vol 3. Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews; 2007:181-205.

10. Rathus JH, Miller AL. Dialectical behavior therapy adapted for suicidal adolescents. Suicide Life Threat Behav. 2002;32(2):146-157.

11. Woodberry KA, Popenoe EJ. Implementing dialectical behavior therapy with adolescents and their families in a community outpatient clinic. Cogn Behav Pract. 2008;15:277-286.

12. James AC, Taylor A, Winmill L, et al. A preliminary community study of dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT) with adolescent females demonstrating persistent, deliberate self-harm (DSH). Child Adolesc Ment Health. 2008;13:148-152.

13. Katz LY, Cox BJ, Gunasekara S, et al. Feasibility of dialectical behavior therapy for suicidal adolescents inpatients. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2004;45:276-282.

14. Sunseri PA. Preliminary outcomes on the use of dialectical behavior therapy to reduce hospitalization among adolescents in residential care. Resid Treat Child Youth. 2004;21:59-76.

15. Trupin EW, Stewart DG, Beach B, et al. Effectiveness of a dialectical behaviour therapy program for incarcerated female juvenile offenders. Child Adolesc Ment Health. 2002;7:121-127.

16. Linehan MM. Validation and psychotherapy. In: Bohart AC Greenberg LS, eds. Empathy reconsidered: new directions in psychotherapy. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association; 1997:353-392.

17. Linehan MM, Armstrong HE, Suarez A, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of chronically parasuicidal borderline patients. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1991;48:1060-1064.

18. Trautman PD, Stewart N, Morishima A. Are adolescent suicide attempters noncompliant with outpatient care? J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:89-94.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas L. Salsman, PhD
Assistant Professor, Department of Psychology, Xavier University, Cincinnati, OH
Robin Arthur, PsyD
Chief of Psychology, Lindner Center of HOPE, Assistant Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
18-34
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas L. Salsman, PhD
Assistant Professor, Department of Psychology, Xavier University, Cincinnati, OH
Robin Arthur, PsyD
Chief of Psychology, Lindner Center of HOPE, Assistant Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH

Author and Disclosure Information

Nicholas L. Salsman, PhD
Assistant Professor, Department of Psychology, Xavier University, Cincinnati, OH
Robin Arthur, PsyD
Chief of Psychology, Lindner Center of HOPE, Assistant Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH

Article PDF
Article PDF

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/adapting-dialectical-behavior-therapy.html#comments

Dr. Salsman: Teaching suicidal adolescents skills for ‘walking the middle path’

Treating suicidal adolescents is fraught with challenges. Antidepressants may be associated with increased suicidal ideation in adolescents,1-3 although some data suggest that increased adolescent suicide rates are correlated with decreases in antidepressant prescribing.4 Adolescents hospitalized after a suicide attempt are likely to attempt suicide again after they are discharged.5,6 Such patients might not attend outpatient psychotherapy; a study of 167 adolescents discharged after a suicide attempt found that 26% never attended follow-up appointments and 11% went once.7

Emerging research supports the effectiveness of dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) for suicidal adolescents. DBT is a form of cognitive-behavioral therapy that combines individual therapy, skills training, and telephone coaching and is implemented by a therapist consultation team that meets weekly. This article reviews evidence supporting the efficacy of DBT for suicidal adolescents and describes principles of outpatient DBT for these patients as developed by Miller et al.8

Evidence of DBT’s effectiveness

A review of DBT research found strong evidence for DBT’s effectiveness for suicidal adults.9 Recently, DBT has been adapted to treat adolescents with suicidal behavior and nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI).10-15

In a nonrandomized trial, Rathus and Miller10 compared 29 suicidal adolescent outpatients receiving DBT with 82 participants receiving treatment as usual (TAU). Patients were assigned to DBT if they had a suicide attempt in the previous 16 weeks and ≥3 borderline personality disorder (BPD) features or to TAU if they met only 1 of those conditions. Patients in the DBT group had more axis I disorders and pretreatment hospitalizations than the TAU group. Compared with those receiving TAU, patients treated with DBT had fewer hospitalizations (13% in TAU vs 0% in DBT) and a lower dropout rate (60% in TAU vs 38% in DBT). The DBT group experienced significant reductions in suicidal ideation, BPD symptoms, and general psychiatric symptoms. There was 1 suicide attempt in the DBT group vs 7 attempts in the TAU group; however, this difference was not statistically significant.

Woodberry and Popenoe11 examined the use of DBT for suicidal adolescents and their families in a community outpatient clinic. Adolescents reported reductions in overall symptoms, depression, anger, dissociative symptoms, and urges for intentional self-injury. Parents reported reductions in their children’s problem behaviors and in their own depressive symptoms. In a study of DBT in 16 adolescent females with chronic intentional self-injury, patients reported significant reductions in incidents of intentional self-injury, depression, and hopelessness, and increases in overall functioning.12

Three studies have examined using DBT for suicidal adolescents in residential facilities. In a pilot study, Katz et al13 compared DBT with TAU for 62 suicidal adolescent inpatients. At 1-year follow-up, both groups experienced significant reductions in suicidal ideation, NSSI, and depression. However, compared with those who received TAU, DBT patients had fewer behavioral problems during hospitalization. Sunseri14 used DBT to treat adolescent females in residential treatment. After DBT was implemented, residents were hospitalized because of NSSI and suicidality for fewer days than before DBT. Trupin et al15 taught DBT to staff who worked with female adolescent offenders at a juvenile rehabilitation facility. After the staff implemented DBT, the rates of problem behaviors and punishment by staff decreased on 1 unit; there were no behavior or punishment changes on another unit.

Theoretical foundations

Biosocial theory. The problems DBT treats in suicidal adolescents include emotion dysregulation, interpersonal conflict, impulsivity, cognitive dysregulation, and self-dysregulation.8 The biosocial theory postulates that these problems are the result of the transaction, or reciprocal relationship, between biologic predispositions and an invalidating environment. The biosocial theory suggests 3 biologic characteristics often are found among suicidal adolescents:

  • high emotional sensitivity
  • high extremity in reactions
  • a slow return to baseline after experiencing a surge in affect.8

Although these characteristics indicate higher emotionality, they are not sufficient to account for suicidal adolescents’ difficulties. Problems arise when individuals with these biologic characteristics are raised in an invalidating environment, where the adolescent does not learn how to regulate emotions. Common characteristics of invalidating environments and their effects on adolescents are described in Table 1 .8

Treatment theory. DBT for suicidal adolescents focuses on a synthesis between 2 seemingly opposite treatment strategies: change and acceptance. The change focus is derived from behavioral science, and treatment incorporates standard behavior therapy practices, including chain analysis (described below), skills training, contingency management, and exposure.

 

 

The acceptance focus draws upon principles of Zen and other Eastern spiritual traditions. Therapists teach patients to accept reality as it is in this moment, without judgment. A key extension of this acceptance is the use of validation—radical acceptance and acknowledgement that all behavior has validity and understandability. DBT therapists strive to use 6 levels of validation with their patients ( Table 2 ),16 which often is a critical strategy for adolescents who reside in an invalidating environment.

DBT attempts to synthesize the acceptance-based Zen tradition with the change-based strategies of behavioral science through a dialectical philosophy. A fundamental postulate of dialectical philosophy is that a tension occurs when an initial truth or thesis is opposed by an apparently contradictory truth or antithesis.8 DBT therapists work with adolescents to find a synthesis that is the “middle path, “ which includes the truth in both positions as well as what is left out of both. For an example of how this might work for an adolescent patient with NSSI, visit this article at CurrentPsychiatry.com.

Table 1

Characteristics of an invalidating environment

CharacteristicResult
Indiscriminately rejects communications of private experiencesAdolescents learn to actively self-invalidate and do not learn to validate themselves, label their emotions, or effectively regulate their emotions
Actively punishes displays of emotions, interspersed with intermittent reinforcement of emotional outburstsAdolescents develop problematic emotion regulation strategies that oscillate between suppression and extreme outbursts
Oversimplifies problem solvingAdolescents develop high perfectionism and sensitivity to perceived failure, form unrealistic goals, and experience intense negative arousal in response to challenging feedback
Source: Reference 8


Table 2

6 levels of validation employed by DBT therapists

LevelValidation practices
Accurate reflectionParaphrase what an adolescent says; communicate that you accurately understand what the adolescent has said
MindreadingCommunicate that you understand the adolescent’s private experiences or that which is unsaid. Articulate private experiences of the adolescent based on your knowledge of him or her
Observing and listeningUse nonverbal and paralinguistic cues to indicate interest. Communicate that you wish to know the adolescent’s emotions, thoughts, and behaviors
Validating in terms of causesMake sense of behavior based on the adolescent’s learning history or biology. Describe how a behavior is effective for short-term but not long-term goals
Validating in terms of the presentSearch for and reflect the wisdom and truth in the adolescent’s behavior by saying things such as ‘Of course you feel this way! Anyone would feel the same in your situation’
Radical genuinenessAct natural, like a real person, rather than a ‘therapist. ‘ Communicate belief and confidence in the adolescent
DBT: dialectical behavior therapy
Source: Reference 16

How DBT works

DBT serves 5 functions. It enhances patient capabilities, increases patient motivation, structures the environment to increase the likelihood of success, works to assure generalization from therapy to the natural environment, and enhances therapists’ capabilities and motivation to treat patients effectively.8 Outpatient DBT for suicidal adolescents uses 4 modes of treatment:

  • weekly individual therapy
  • weekly skills training
  • telephone coaching
  • weekly therapist consultation team meetings.8

Although Linehan’s original research with adults was based on a 1-year treatment model,17 treatment lasts 12 to 16 weeks in the adolescent DBT model designed and studied by Miller et al.8 Treatment for adolescents is shorter because research indicates that suicidal adolescents frequently fail to complete longer courses of therapy.18

Individual therapy. The rank-ordered targets of individual therapy in the first stage of DBT are to:

  1. eliminate life-threatening behavior, including NSSI
  2. stop therapy-interfering behaviors (eg, not showing up to sessions)
  3. change behaviors that interfere with the adolescent’s quality of life (eg, substance abuse)
  4. enhance the adolescent’s use of skills.8

The individual therapist sets treatment goals in accord with these targets, monitors progress, integrates all modes of therapy, and balances acceptance and validation of the patient with being a catalyst for change. Family members may be included in therapy sessions when family problems emerge as the highest priority.

DBT therapists use chain analysis—which is a process of assessing the series of events, link by link, that lead from a prompting event to a problem behavior (eg, suicide attempt)—to assess problematic behavior and identify methods of change.8 The therapist and patient use this process to develop alternative behaviors for the patient to use to reach a more effective outcome.

DBT therapists also ask adolescents to fill out a daily diary card that tracks targeted behaviors, including NSSI, suicidal urges, and important emotions. The diary card helps the therapist determine what needs to be targeted in therapy, increases mindfulness and understanding of problem behaviors, and helps change targeted behavior.

 

 

Skills training addresses skills deficits believed to be causing the suicidal adolescent’s problems. DBT systematically teaches 5 skill sets:

  • emotional regulation
  • mindfulness
  • interpersonal effectiveness
  • distress tolerance
  • “walking the middle path. “8

These skills are designed to treat specific problems common among suicidal adolescents and their families. For example, suicidal adolescents often experience a spike in emotions that leads to urges for ineffective behavior, such as attempting suicide or attacking another person. Table 3 provides steps that teach “opposite action, “ which can reduce ineffective emotions and problematic urges associated with these emotions. Table 4 provides mindfulness practices that can help patients address problems such as mindlessness and avoiding the present moment. Although adolescent DBT skills training is similar to that in adults, Table 5 describes key differences.

Table 3

Teaching adolescents ‘opposite action’

Ask, what emotion am I experiencing? (eg, anger)
Ask, is it effective for me to experience this emotion? Does this emotion fit the facts of the situation? (If the answer to either of these questions is no, then proceed)
Ask, what is the action urge associated with this emotion? (eg, to attack)
Do actions that are opposite to the action urge (eg, gently avoid the person with whom you are angry)
Act opposite to the action all the way and completely (eg, have empathy and understanding for the other person, change your body posture by unclenching hands and relaxing facial muscles)
Keep repeating the opposite action until the emotion decreases
Source: Reference 8


Table 4

Mindfulness practices: Teach adolescents to live in the present moment

PracticeDescription
Mindful eatingProvide patients with a piece of food such as a carrot slice, raisin, saltine, candy, etc. Instruct them to eat the food using all of their senses. Tell them to observe it visually, notice the smells and textures, the taste, etc. Encourage patients to notice all that goes into the process and mechanics of chewing and swallowing. Observe the taste, changes in texture, and even sounds
Observing different body partsAsk patients to get in a comfortable, relaxed, and still position. Provide verbal instructions to attend to a body part. For example, ‘Focus your attention on your left knee. If you notice your mind wandering, bring your attention back to your left knee. ‘ Spend about 30 seconds attending to the body part and then switch to another body part (eg, upper lip, right ear lobe, third toe on your left foot, etc. )
Mindful blowing bubblesProvide patients with bubbles and ask them to blow bubbles. Pay attention to the activity and the bubbles themselves. If patients get distracted or have judgments about the activities, instruct them to notice these thoughts and bring themselves back to participating
Source: Reference 8


Table 5

Adapting DBT skills training for adolescents

AlterationReason
Added ‘walking the middle path’ skillsThis skill set was added to elaborate on topics including validation, polarities in behavioral patterns in the family, and how to apply learning principles to the self and others. The goals of these skills are to decrease parent and teen conflict, increase understanding of typical vs pathological teen behavior, and effectively change behavior through contingency management
Parents and family members of the suicidal adolescent attend weekly skills trainingGeneralization of the skills outside of therapy is more likely to occur with families’ help. Additionally, having family members practice the skills will decrease the likelihood that the home environment invalidates the adolescent, reinforces problematic behaviors, and/or persists in familial dysfunction
Duration of skills training decreased to 16 weeksIncreases the likelihood that adolescents complete therapy by reducing the number of skills taught
Some handouts have been modifiedThe forms are more appropriate for adolescents and family members
Source: Reference 8

Telephone consultation. The purpose of brief (5 to 15 minutes) telephone consultations between a patient and therapist is to:

  • enhance the likelihood of effective behavior
  • coach the use of skills
  • decrease the likelihood of problematic behaviors.

DBT telephone consultation for adults differs from that for suicidal adolescents. In DBT for adults, if a patient engages in NSSI or suicidal behavior, there is no telephone contact for 24 hours. This rule aims to avoid reinforcing the behavior with additional contact. However, this rule does not apply to adolescents because restricting adolescents’ access to resources for managing the aftereffects of self-harm could increase their risk of injury or death. Nonetheless, adolescents are strongly encouraged to use telephone coaching before rather than after self-harm. A second difference is that in DBT for adolescents, telephone coaching is offered to parents to help them use skills in the home. To avoid complications with dual relationships, the parents’ telephone coach should not be the adolescent’s individual therapist.

 

 

Consultation team meetings. The consultation team meets weekly to increase therapists’ capabilities and motivation.

Therapists who treat suicidal adolescents often have a high degree of burnout, which leads to ineffective treatment and/or quitting.8 The team provides support, engages in problem-solving, and helps therapists adhere to the treatment model to improve effectiveness. Clinicians interested in participating a consultation team may review http://behavioraltech.org/resources/crd.cfm for a directory of existing DBT programs. Those interested in starting a consultation team may explore training programs such as those offered at www.behavioraltech.org.

Related Resources

  • Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2007; 3: 181-205.
  • Miller A, Rathus JH, Linehan MM. Dialectical behavior therapy with suicidal adolescents. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2007.
  • Rathus JH, Miller AL. Dialectical behavior therapy adapted for suicidal adolescents. Suicide Life Threat Behav. 2002; 32(2): 146-157.

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

DBT for nonsuicidal self-injury: A ‘middle path’ example

Many adolescents who receive dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) find that nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI) leads to physiological, affective, and/or cognitive relief from suffering. Research indicates that persons who engage in NSSI have significant improvement in mood and reductions in dissociation after NSSIa and significantly higher analgesic response to pain than healthy controls.b The antithesis of this is that NSSI causes long-term suffering by, for example, alienating friends and family.c

One resolves this dialectical tension—ie, the validity in 2 opposing truths—by seeking a synthesis that maintains the truth in both sides and looks for what is being left out from both. In this case the DBT therapist must accept that NSSI provides benefits and validate the adolescent’s attempts to ease his or her emotional suffering. The therapist and patient also must recognize the harm and exacerbation of suffering that results from NSSI. The therapist and adolescent work to create a “middle path” to replace the NSSI with more skillful means that provide short-term relief, don’t exacerbate long-term suffering, and help the adolescent reach goals.

References

a. Kemperman I, Russ M, Shearin E. Self-injurious behavior and mood regulation in borderline patients. J Pers Disord. 1997; 11: 146-157.

b. Bohus M, Limberger M, Ebner U, et al. Pain perception during self-reported distress and calmness in patients with borderline personality disorder and self-mutilating behavior. Psychiatry Res. 2000; 95: 251-260.

c. Klonsky E, Oltmanns T, Turkheimer E. Deliberate self-harm in a nonclinical population: prevalence and psychological correlates. Am J Psychiatry. 2003; 160: 1501-1508.

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/adapting-dialectical-behavior-therapy.html#comments

Dr. Salsman: Teaching suicidal adolescents skills for ‘walking the middle path’

Treating suicidal adolescents is fraught with challenges. Antidepressants may be associated with increased suicidal ideation in adolescents,1-3 although some data suggest that increased adolescent suicide rates are correlated with decreases in antidepressant prescribing.4 Adolescents hospitalized after a suicide attempt are likely to attempt suicide again after they are discharged.5,6 Such patients might not attend outpatient psychotherapy; a study of 167 adolescents discharged after a suicide attempt found that 26% never attended follow-up appointments and 11% went once.7

Emerging research supports the effectiveness of dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) for suicidal adolescents. DBT is a form of cognitive-behavioral therapy that combines individual therapy, skills training, and telephone coaching and is implemented by a therapist consultation team that meets weekly. This article reviews evidence supporting the efficacy of DBT for suicidal adolescents and describes principles of outpatient DBT for these patients as developed by Miller et al.8

Evidence of DBT’s effectiveness

A review of DBT research found strong evidence for DBT’s effectiveness for suicidal adults.9 Recently, DBT has been adapted to treat adolescents with suicidal behavior and nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI).10-15

In a nonrandomized trial, Rathus and Miller10 compared 29 suicidal adolescent outpatients receiving DBT with 82 participants receiving treatment as usual (TAU). Patients were assigned to DBT if they had a suicide attempt in the previous 16 weeks and ≥3 borderline personality disorder (BPD) features or to TAU if they met only 1 of those conditions. Patients in the DBT group had more axis I disorders and pretreatment hospitalizations than the TAU group. Compared with those receiving TAU, patients treated with DBT had fewer hospitalizations (13% in TAU vs 0% in DBT) and a lower dropout rate (60% in TAU vs 38% in DBT). The DBT group experienced significant reductions in suicidal ideation, BPD symptoms, and general psychiatric symptoms. There was 1 suicide attempt in the DBT group vs 7 attempts in the TAU group; however, this difference was not statistically significant.

Woodberry and Popenoe11 examined the use of DBT for suicidal adolescents and their families in a community outpatient clinic. Adolescents reported reductions in overall symptoms, depression, anger, dissociative symptoms, and urges for intentional self-injury. Parents reported reductions in their children’s problem behaviors and in their own depressive symptoms. In a study of DBT in 16 adolescent females with chronic intentional self-injury, patients reported significant reductions in incidents of intentional self-injury, depression, and hopelessness, and increases in overall functioning.12

Three studies have examined using DBT for suicidal adolescents in residential facilities. In a pilot study, Katz et al13 compared DBT with TAU for 62 suicidal adolescent inpatients. At 1-year follow-up, both groups experienced significant reductions in suicidal ideation, NSSI, and depression. However, compared with those who received TAU, DBT patients had fewer behavioral problems during hospitalization. Sunseri14 used DBT to treat adolescent females in residential treatment. After DBT was implemented, residents were hospitalized because of NSSI and suicidality for fewer days than before DBT. Trupin et al15 taught DBT to staff who worked with female adolescent offenders at a juvenile rehabilitation facility. After the staff implemented DBT, the rates of problem behaviors and punishment by staff decreased on 1 unit; there were no behavior or punishment changes on another unit.

Theoretical foundations

Biosocial theory. The problems DBT treats in suicidal adolescents include emotion dysregulation, interpersonal conflict, impulsivity, cognitive dysregulation, and self-dysregulation.8 The biosocial theory postulates that these problems are the result of the transaction, or reciprocal relationship, between biologic predispositions and an invalidating environment. The biosocial theory suggests 3 biologic characteristics often are found among suicidal adolescents:

  • high emotional sensitivity
  • high extremity in reactions
  • a slow return to baseline after experiencing a surge in affect.8

Although these characteristics indicate higher emotionality, they are not sufficient to account for suicidal adolescents’ difficulties. Problems arise when individuals with these biologic characteristics are raised in an invalidating environment, where the adolescent does not learn how to regulate emotions. Common characteristics of invalidating environments and their effects on adolescents are described in Table 1 .8

Treatment theory. DBT for suicidal adolescents focuses on a synthesis between 2 seemingly opposite treatment strategies: change and acceptance. The change focus is derived from behavioral science, and treatment incorporates standard behavior therapy practices, including chain analysis (described below), skills training, contingency management, and exposure.

 

 

The acceptance focus draws upon principles of Zen and other Eastern spiritual traditions. Therapists teach patients to accept reality as it is in this moment, without judgment. A key extension of this acceptance is the use of validation—radical acceptance and acknowledgement that all behavior has validity and understandability. DBT therapists strive to use 6 levels of validation with their patients ( Table 2 ),16 which often is a critical strategy for adolescents who reside in an invalidating environment.

DBT attempts to synthesize the acceptance-based Zen tradition with the change-based strategies of behavioral science through a dialectical philosophy. A fundamental postulate of dialectical philosophy is that a tension occurs when an initial truth or thesis is opposed by an apparently contradictory truth or antithesis.8 DBT therapists work with adolescents to find a synthesis that is the “middle path, “ which includes the truth in both positions as well as what is left out of both. For an example of how this might work for an adolescent patient with NSSI, visit this article at CurrentPsychiatry.com.

Table 1

Characteristics of an invalidating environment

CharacteristicResult
Indiscriminately rejects communications of private experiencesAdolescents learn to actively self-invalidate and do not learn to validate themselves, label their emotions, or effectively regulate their emotions
Actively punishes displays of emotions, interspersed with intermittent reinforcement of emotional outburstsAdolescents develop problematic emotion regulation strategies that oscillate between suppression and extreme outbursts
Oversimplifies problem solvingAdolescents develop high perfectionism and sensitivity to perceived failure, form unrealistic goals, and experience intense negative arousal in response to challenging feedback
Source: Reference 8


Table 2

6 levels of validation employed by DBT therapists

LevelValidation practices
Accurate reflectionParaphrase what an adolescent says; communicate that you accurately understand what the adolescent has said
MindreadingCommunicate that you understand the adolescent’s private experiences or that which is unsaid. Articulate private experiences of the adolescent based on your knowledge of him or her
Observing and listeningUse nonverbal and paralinguistic cues to indicate interest. Communicate that you wish to know the adolescent’s emotions, thoughts, and behaviors
Validating in terms of causesMake sense of behavior based on the adolescent’s learning history or biology. Describe how a behavior is effective for short-term but not long-term goals
Validating in terms of the presentSearch for and reflect the wisdom and truth in the adolescent’s behavior by saying things such as ‘Of course you feel this way! Anyone would feel the same in your situation’
Radical genuinenessAct natural, like a real person, rather than a ‘therapist. ‘ Communicate belief and confidence in the adolescent
DBT: dialectical behavior therapy
Source: Reference 16

How DBT works

DBT serves 5 functions. It enhances patient capabilities, increases patient motivation, structures the environment to increase the likelihood of success, works to assure generalization from therapy to the natural environment, and enhances therapists’ capabilities and motivation to treat patients effectively.8 Outpatient DBT for suicidal adolescents uses 4 modes of treatment:

  • weekly individual therapy
  • weekly skills training
  • telephone coaching
  • weekly therapist consultation team meetings.8

Although Linehan’s original research with adults was based on a 1-year treatment model,17 treatment lasts 12 to 16 weeks in the adolescent DBT model designed and studied by Miller et al.8 Treatment for adolescents is shorter because research indicates that suicidal adolescents frequently fail to complete longer courses of therapy.18

Individual therapy. The rank-ordered targets of individual therapy in the first stage of DBT are to:

  1. eliminate life-threatening behavior, including NSSI
  2. stop therapy-interfering behaviors (eg, not showing up to sessions)
  3. change behaviors that interfere with the adolescent’s quality of life (eg, substance abuse)
  4. enhance the adolescent’s use of skills.8

The individual therapist sets treatment goals in accord with these targets, monitors progress, integrates all modes of therapy, and balances acceptance and validation of the patient with being a catalyst for change. Family members may be included in therapy sessions when family problems emerge as the highest priority.

DBT therapists use chain analysis—which is a process of assessing the series of events, link by link, that lead from a prompting event to a problem behavior (eg, suicide attempt)—to assess problematic behavior and identify methods of change.8 The therapist and patient use this process to develop alternative behaviors for the patient to use to reach a more effective outcome.

DBT therapists also ask adolescents to fill out a daily diary card that tracks targeted behaviors, including NSSI, suicidal urges, and important emotions. The diary card helps the therapist determine what needs to be targeted in therapy, increases mindfulness and understanding of problem behaviors, and helps change targeted behavior.

 

 

Skills training addresses skills deficits believed to be causing the suicidal adolescent’s problems. DBT systematically teaches 5 skill sets:

  • emotional regulation
  • mindfulness
  • interpersonal effectiveness
  • distress tolerance
  • “walking the middle path. “8

These skills are designed to treat specific problems common among suicidal adolescents and their families. For example, suicidal adolescents often experience a spike in emotions that leads to urges for ineffective behavior, such as attempting suicide or attacking another person. Table 3 provides steps that teach “opposite action, “ which can reduce ineffective emotions and problematic urges associated with these emotions. Table 4 provides mindfulness practices that can help patients address problems such as mindlessness and avoiding the present moment. Although adolescent DBT skills training is similar to that in adults, Table 5 describes key differences.

Table 3

Teaching adolescents ‘opposite action’

Ask, what emotion am I experiencing? (eg, anger)
Ask, is it effective for me to experience this emotion? Does this emotion fit the facts of the situation? (If the answer to either of these questions is no, then proceed)
Ask, what is the action urge associated with this emotion? (eg, to attack)
Do actions that are opposite to the action urge (eg, gently avoid the person with whom you are angry)
Act opposite to the action all the way and completely (eg, have empathy and understanding for the other person, change your body posture by unclenching hands and relaxing facial muscles)
Keep repeating the opposite action until the emotion decreases
Source: Reference 8


Table 4

Mindfulness practices: Teach adolescents to live in the present moment

PracticeDescription
Mindful eatingProvide patients with a piece of food such as a carrot slice, raisin, saltine, candy, etc. Instruct them to eat the food using all of their senses. Tell them to observe it visually, notice the smells and textures, the taste, etc. Encourage patients to notice all that goes into the process and mechanics of chewing and swallowing. Observe the taste, changes in texture, and even sounds
Observing different body partsAsk patients to get in a comfortable, relaxed, and still position. Provide verbal instructions to attend to a body part. For example, ‘Focus your attention on your left knee. If you notice your mind wandering, bring your attention back to your left knee. ‘ Spend about 30 seconds attending to the body part and then switch to another body part (eg, upper lip, right ear lobe, third toe on your left foot, etc. )
Mindful blowing bubblesProvide patients with bubbles and ask them to blow bubbles. Pay attention to the activity and the bubbles themselves. If patients get distracted or have judgments about the activities, instruct them to notice these thoughts and bring themselves back to participating
Source: Reference 8


Table 5

Adapting DBT skills training for adolescents

AlterationReason
Added ‘walking the middle path’ skillsThis skill set was added to elaborate on topics including validation, polarities in behavioral patterns in the family, and how to apply learning principles to the self and others. The goals of these skills are to decrease parent and teen conflict, increase understanding of typical vs pathological teen behavior, and effectively change behavior through contingency management
Parents and family members of the suicidal adolescent attend weekly skills trainingGeneralization of the skills outside of therapy is more likely to occur with families’ help. Additionally, having family members practice the skills will decrease the likelihood that the home environment invalidates the adolescent, reinforces problematic behaviors, and/or persists in familial dysfunction
Duration of skills training decreased to 16 weeksIncreases the likelihood that adolescents complete therapy by reducing the number of skills taught
Some handouts have been modifiedThe forms are more appropriate for adolescents and family members
Source: Reference 8

Telephone consultation. The purpose of brief (5 to 15 minutes) telephone consultations between a patient and therapist is to:

  • enhance the likelihood of effective behavior
  • coach the use of skills
  • decrease the likelihood of problematic behaviors.

DBT telephone consultation for adults differs from that for suicidal adolescents. In DBT for adults, if a patient engages in NSSI or suicidal behavior, there is no telephone contact for 24 hours. This rule aims to avoid reinforcing the behavior with additional contact. However, this rule does not apply to adolescents because restricting adolescents’ access to resources for managing the aftereffects of self-harm could increase their risk of injury or death. Nonetheless, adolescents are strongly encouraged to use telephone coaching before rather than after self-harm. A second difference is that in DBT for adolescents, telephone coaching is offered to parents to help them use skills in the home. To avoid complications with dual relationships, the parents’ telephone coach should not be the adolescent’s individual therapist.

 

 

Consultation team meetings. The consultation team meets weekly to increase therapists’ capabilities and motivation.

Therapists who treat suicidal adolescents often have a high degree of burnout, which leads to ineffective treatment and/or quitting.8 The team provides support, engages in problem-solving, and helps therapists adhere to the treatment model to improve effectiveness. Clinicians interested in participating a consultation team may review http://behavioraltech.org/resources/crd.cfm for a directory of existing DBT programs. Those interested in starting a consultation team may explore training programs such as those offered at www.behavioraltech.org.

Related Resources

  • Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2007; 3: 181-205.
  • Miller A, Rathus JH, Linehan MM. Dialectical behavior therapy with suicidal adolescents. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2007.
  • Rathus JH, Miller AL. Dialectical behavior therapy adapted for suicidal adolescents. Suicide Life Threat Behav. 2002; 32(2): 146-157.

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

DBT for nonsuicidal self-injury: A ‘middle path’ example

Many adolescents who receive dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) find that nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI) leads to physiological, affective, and/or cognitive relief from suffering. Research indicates that persons who engage in NSSI have significant improvement in mood and reductions in dissociation after NSSIa and significantly higher analgesic response to pain than healthy controls.b The antithesis of this is that NSSI causes long-term suffering by, for example, alienating friends and family.c

One resolves this dialectical tension—ie, the validity in 2 opposing truths—by seeking a synthesis that maintains the truth in both sides and looks for what is being left out from both. In this case the DBT therapist must accept that NSSI provides benefits and validate the adolescent’s attempts to ease his or her emotional suffering. The therapist and patient also must recognize the harm and exacerbation of suffering that results from NSSI. The therapist and adolescent work to create a “middle path” to replace the NSSI with more skillful means that provide short-term relief, don’t exacerbate long-term suffering, and help the adolescent reach goals.

References

a. Kemperman I, Russ M, Shearin E. Self-injurious behavior and mood regulation in borderline patients. J Pers Disord. 1997; 11: 146-157.

b. Bohus M, Limberger M, Ebner U, et al. Pain perception during self-reported distress and calmness in patients with borderline personality disorder and self-mutilating behavior. Psychiatry Res. 2000; 95: 251-260.

c. Klonsky E, Oltmanns T, Turkheimer E. Deliberate self-harm in a nonclinical population: prevalence and psychological correlates. Am J Psychiatry. 2003; 160: 1501-1508.

References

1. Barbui C, Esposito E, Cipriani A. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and risk of suicide: a systematic review of observational studies. CMAJ. 2009;180:291-297.

2. Dubicka B, Hadley S, Roberts C. Suicidal behavior in youths with depression treated with new-generation antidepressants: meta-analysis. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;189:393-398.

3. Hammad TA, Laughren TP, Racoosin JA. Suicidality in pediatric patients treated with antidepressant drugs. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63:332-339.

4. Katz LY, Kozyrskyi AL, Prior HJ, et al. Effect of regulatory warnings on antidepressant prescription rates, use of health services and outcomes among children, adolescents and young adults. CMAJ. 2008;178:1005-1011.

5. Brent DA, Kolko DJ, Wartella ME, et al. Adolescent psychiatric inpatients’ risk of suicide attempt at 6-month follow-up. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:95-105.

6. Pfeffer CR, Klerman GL, Hurt SW, et al. Suicidal children grow up: rates and psychosocial risk factors for suicide attempts during follow-up. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:106-113.

7. Granboulan V, Roudot-Thoraval F, Lemerle S, et al. Predictive factors of post-discharge follow-up care among adolescent suicide attempters. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2001;104:31-36.

8. Miller A, Rathus JH, Linehan MM. Dialectical behavior therapy with suicidal adolescents. New York NY: The Guilford Press; 2007.

9. Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. In: Nolen-Hoeksema S, Cannon TD, Widiger T, eds. Annual review of clinical psychology. Vol 3. Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews; 2007:181-205.

10. Rathus JH, Miller AL. Dialectical behavior therapy adapted for suicidal adolescents. Suicide Life Threat Behav. 2002;32(2):146-157.

11. Woodberry KA, Popenoe EJ. Implementing dialectical behavior therapy with adolescents and their families in a community outpatient clinic. Cogn Behav Pract. 2008;15:277-286.

12. James AC, Taylor A, Winmill L, et al. A preliminary community study of dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT) with adolescent females demonstrating persistent, deliberate self-harm (DSH). Child Adolesc Ment Health. 2008;13:148-152.

13. Katz LY, Cox BJ, Gunasekara S, et al. Feasibility of dialectical behavior therapy for suicidal adolescents inpatients. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2004;45:276-282.

14. Sunseri PA. Preliminary outcomes on the use of dialectical behavior therapy to reduce hospitalization among adolescents in residential care. Resid Treat Child Youth. 2004;21:59-76.

15. Trupin EW, Stewart DG, Beach B, et al. Effectiveness of a dialectical behaviour therapy program for incarcerated female juvenile offenders. Child Adolesc Ment Health. 2002;7:121-127.

16. Linehan MM. Validation and psychotherapy. In: Bohart AC Greenberg LS, eds. Empathy reconsidered: new directions in psychotherapy. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association; 1997:353-392.

17. Linehan MM, Armstrong HE, Suarez A, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of chronically parasuicidal borderline patients. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1991;48:1060-1064.

18. Trautman PD, Stewart N, Morishima A. Are adolescent suicide attempters noncompliant with outpatient care? J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:89-94.

References

1. Barbui C, Esposito E, Cipriani A. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and risk of suicide: a systematic review of observational studies. CMAJ. 2009;180:291-297.

2. Dubicka B, Hadley S, Roberts C. Suicidal behavior in youths with depression treated with new-generation antidepressants: meta-analysis. Br J Psychiatry. 2006;189:393-398.

3. Hammad TA, Laughren TP, Racoosin JA. Suicidality in pediatric patients treated with antidepressant drugs. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2006;63:332-339.

4. Katz LY, Kozyrskyi AL, Prior HJ, et al. Effect of regulatory warnings on antidepressant prescription rates, use of health services and outcomes among children, adolescents and young adults. CMAJ. 2008;178:1005-1011.

5. Brent DA, Kolko DJ, Wartella ME, et al. Adolescent psychiatric inpatients’ risk of suicide attempt at 6-month follow-up. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:95-105.

6. Pfeffer CR, Klerman GL, Hurt SW, et al. Suicidal children grow up: rates and psychosocial risk factors for suicide attempts during follow-up. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:106-113.

7. Granboulan V, Roudot-Thoraval F, Lemerle S, et al. Predictive factors of post-discharge follow-up care among adolescent suicide attempters. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2001;104:31-36.

8. Miller A, Rathus JH, Linehan MM. Dialectical behavior therapy with suicidal adolescents. New York NY: The Guilford Press; 2007.

9. Lynch TR, Trost WT, Salsman N, et al. Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder. In: Nolen-Hoeksema S, Cannon TD, Widiger T, eds. Annual review of clinical psychology. Vol 3. Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews; 2007:181-205.

10. Rathus JH, Miller AL. Dialectical behavior therapy adapted for suicidal adolescents. Suicide Life Threat Behav. 2002;32(2):146-157.

11. Woodberry KA, Popenoe EJ. Implementing dialectical behavior therapy with adolescents and their families in a community outpatient clinic. Cogn Behav Pract. 2008;15:277-286.

12. James AC, Taylor A, Winmill L, et al. A preliminary community study of dialectical behaviour therapy (DBT) with adolescent females demonstrating persistent, deliberate self-harm (DSH). Child Adolesc Ment Health. 2008;13:148-152.

13. Katz LY, Cox BJ, Gunasekara S, et al. Feasibility of dialectical behavior therapy for suicidal adolescents inpatients. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2004;45:276-282.

14. Sunseri PA. Preliminary outcomes on the use of dialectical behavior therapy to reduce hospitalization among adolescents in residential care. Resid Treat Child Youth. 2004;21:59-76.

15. Trupin EW, Stewart DG, Beach B, et al. Effectiveness of a dialectical behaviour therapy program for incarcerated female juvenile offenders. Child Adolesc Ment Health. 2002;7:121-127.

16. Linehan MM. Validation and psychotherapy. In: Bohart AC Greenberg LS, eds. Empathy reconsidered: new directions in psychotherapy. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association; 1997:353-392.

17. Linehan MM, Armstrong HE, Suarez A, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of chronically parasuicidal borderline patients. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1991;48:1060-1064.

18. Trautman PD, Stewart N, Morishima A. Are adolescent suicide attempters noncompliant with outpatient care? J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 1993;32:89-94.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Page Number
18-34
Page Number
18-34
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Adapting dialectical behavior therapy to help suicidal adolescents
Display Headline
Adapting dialectical behavior therapy to help suicidal adolescents
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Opioid use disorder during pregnancy

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:04
Display Headline
Opioid use disorder during pregnancy

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/opioid-use-disorder-during-pregnancy.html#comments

For 3 years, your mental health clinic has been treating Ms. J, age 23, for bipolar disorder. She is single, unemployed, lives alone, and receives Social Security disability assistance and financial support from her parents. She has been successfully maintained on aripiprazole, 15 mg/d, and citalopram, 20 mg/d, for 18 months. Six months ago she began to miss therapy sessions and physician visits.

Her parents inform Ms. J’s therapist that she is “snorting oxycontin” with her new boyfriend. At her next visit Ms. J confirms she has been struggling to manage an opioid use disorder for more than 1 year, and requests help.

After you educate her about the diagnosis, pathophysiology, and treatment of opioid addiction, she chooses to include pharmacotherapy as part of her treatment. After informed consent, Ms. J agrees to take buprenorphine and naloxone, meet with her therapist weekly, and attend twice-weekly Narcotics Anonymous (NA) meetings. Over the ensuing months she is gradually inducted onto buprenorphine and naloxone, 12 mg, shows improved insight and motivation, provides negative urine drug screens, and demonstrates increased ability to manage her recovery. Two weeks later Ms. J tells you she may be pregnant but wants to continue buprenorphine and naloxone.

Opioid use disorder (OUD) during pregnancy is among the most difficult clinical scenarios to manage. The prevalence of OUD during pregnancy is largely unknown. However, stigma against pregnant patients with OUD is substantial.1 This article briefly summarizes identification, assessment, and treatment of OUD during pregnancy. To avoid confusion with the term “physical dependence, “ we will use “opioid use disorder” instead of “opioid dependence. “ The DSM-5 Substance Use Disorders Workgroup recommends combining abuse and dependence into a single disorder of graded clinical severity; however, this has not been finalized.2

Early identification is crucial

Early identification of OUD in pregnant women can be challenging. Self-reports underestimate use3 and shame, fear of prosecution or involvement of child welfare services, and guilt can further erode self-report. Women with OUD may have irregular menses and might not be aware of their pregnancy until several months after conception.4 Also, women with OUD who are maintained on opioid agonist therapies may misinterpret early signs of pregnancy—such as fatigue, nausea, vomiting, headaches, and cramps—as withdrawal symptoms and may respond by increasing their opioid dosing, thus exposing their fetus to increased drug levels. Finally, many women with OUD experience amenorrhea as a result of their stressful, unhealthy lifestyle, which may preclude pregnancy despite sexual activity. When these women later enroll in an opioid maintenance program, their endocrine function may return to normal, leading to unexpected pregnancy.5

Screening for OUD in pregnant patients has not been well studied. An interviewer’s nonjudgmental, empathic attitude may be more important than the specific questions he or she asks. It may be best to begin with less threatening questions and proceed to more specific questions after developing a therapeutic alliance.6

Chasnoff et al7 studied >2, 000 Medicaid-eligible pregnant patients from 9 prenatal clinics to identify risk factors for substance use during pregnancy. Alcohol or tobacco use in the month before pregnancy most differentiated current drug or alcohol use from nonuse while pregnant; however, a wide variation in use rates among patients in this study limits the generalizability of these findings. Consider OUD in women with:

  • physical examination findings or history that suggests substance use or withdrawal symptoms
  • positive drug test results for illicit or nonprescribed opioids
  • aberrant medication-taking behaviors in those receiving prescribed opioids
  • nicotine or alcohol use in the month before they knew they were pregnant
  • a history of addiction-related disorders
  • evidence of diseases associated with drug use, such as human immunodeficiency virus or hepatitis C
  • poor prenatal care attendance
  • unexplained fetal growth abnormalities.
Chasnoff et al demonstrated the reliability and effectiveness of a 1-minute, 5-item instrument (the “4 P’s Plus”) to screen for substance use, including heroin, during pregnancy ( Table 1 )8 In a study of 228 pregnant women, the overall internal consistency of this instrument was low but acceptable. More than three-quarters of patients (78%) were correctly classified as positive or negative, sensitivity was 87%, specificity was 76%, negative predictive validity was extremely high (97%), and positive predictive validity was low (36%). This low positive predictive validity may be acceptable in this population because over-identification of women at risk may be preferred to under-identification. The 4 P’s Plus identifies light and infrequent substance users who otherwise would go undetected, although it may place undue burden on providers to follow up on what later may be revealed to be a false positive screen.
 

 

9 OUD-specific screening approaches are lacking; screening for general substance use is discussed elsewhere in the literature.10

A combination of interviewing and biologic drug screening may be more effective than either approach alone.11 Drug screening should include opioids typically screened for (morphine, codeine, heroin metabolite) and those for which additional tests may be required (eg, semi-synthetics such as oxycodone and synthetics such as fentanyl). Learn your state’s civil mandates regarding drug-using pregnant women, guidelines for addiction treatment, and confidentiality provisions, especially as they relate to drug testing and mandatory reporting. Ideally, patients should be informed of these issues before they undergo drug testing or other procedures. These requirements may vary according to physician specialty or role in providing care.

Diagnosis of opioid dependence is based on DSM-IV-TR criteria; however, the proposed DSM-5 criteria for OUD may better emphasize cautions about including tolerance or withdrawal when diagnosing OUD in the setting of medically supervised and appropriate opioid use.2

Stigma against pregnant women with OUD easily can erode therapeutic efforts. Perhaps the most important element of assessment is maximizing the therapeutic alliance to ensure that the patient complies with prenatal obstetric care and maternal addiction services. Pregnancy may be an opportune time to motivate women with OUD to make a change because they may be more open to receiving help.12 Motivational interventions are helpful for many but not all patients; the best approach to such interventions is still uncertain.13 Regardless of the mother’s motivation, prenatal care is fundamental.

Table 1

The ‘4P’s Plus’ screen for substance use during pregnancy

Parents: Did either of your parents ever have a problem with alcohol or drugs?
Partner: Does your partner have a problem with alcohol or drugs?
Past: Have you ever drunk beer, wine, or liquor?
Pregnancy: In the month before you knew you were pregnant, how many cigarettes did you smoke?
In the month before you knew you were pregnant, how many beers/how much wine/ how much liquor did you drink?
A positive screen results when a patient answers either of the 2 questions relating to pregnancy, indicating any alcohol or tobacco use in the month before she knew she was pregnant
Source: Reference 8

Office management

OUD-specific treatment decreases opioid use and improves birth outcomes14 ; however, retaining these patients in treatment can be difficult. Addressing social issues— including financial burdens, unstable living conditions, intimate partner violence, transportation difficulties, and limited access to medical and child care—can facilitate treatment.5 The Addiction Severity Index version tailored to women and pregnancy15 examines 7 domains of functioning (drugs, alcohol, psychological, social, medical, legal, and employment), informs treatment planning, quantifies treatment progress, and has predictive validity.16 Services are more likely to be effective if started during pregnancy as opposed to after delivery. Although detoxification is possible under carefully monitored conditions, many women relapse after detoxifying, and neonatal abstinence syndrome (NAS)—a disorder in which an addicted newborn experiences drug withdrawal—is common. Therefore, the risks of detoxification often outweigh benefits.5,17,18

Rehabilitation services for the mother can be provided at various levels of care, including outpatient, intensive outpatient, day hospital, residential, and inpatient. Although pregnancy-specific OUD treatment is ideal, it may not be available. Clinicians should attempt to locate services that can incorporate resources for pregnant women. Providing a means for child care during treatment is paramount to compliance. Develop a plan for nonconfrontational counseling, job skills training/education, and ongoing care after delivery (including child care and transportation resources) at the onset of treatment. The length of time maintained in treatment is one of the strongest predictors of abstinence.5

Pregnant women with OUD should be screened for comorbid medical, obstetric, and psychiatric complications and referred accordingly ( Table 2 and Table 3 ).6 Coordination among the patient’s psychiatrist, primary care provider, and obstetrician/gynecologist is essential. Programs that integrate these approaches into a single treatment team may be ideal. Although pregnancy per se may not be associated with higher risk of mental disorders, the risk of major depressive disorder may be increased during the postpartum period.19 Young, unmarried women with recent stressful life events, complicated pregnancies, and poor overall health may face a significantly increased risk of psychiatric illness during pregnancy.19 Patients whose opioid use has caused pregnancy complications may experience guilt and grief.

Increased education and screening for substance use as the pregnancy approaches term is necessary because patients may mistake early labor for symptoms of opioid withdrawal or worry that delivery room pain management will be inadequate and therefore relapse. Among pregnant women with addiction, preterm labor may be most common in those with OUD.12

 

 

Table 2

Medical complications common to pregnancy and substance abuse

Anemia
Bacteremia/sepsis
Endocarditis
Cellulitis
Depression/anxiety
Gestational diabetes
Hepatitis (chronic and acute)
Hypertension/tachycardia
Phlebitis
Pneumonia
Gingivitis/poor oral hygiene
Sexually transmitted diseases
  • chlamydia
  • gonorrhea
  • condyloma acuminata
  • herpes
  • HIV/AIDS
  • syphilis
Tetanus
Cystitis
Pyelonephritis
AIDS: acquired immune deficiency syndrome; HIV: human immunodeficiency virus
Source: Reference 6

Table 3

Obstetric complications in women with addiction disorders

Placental abruption
Chorioamnionitis
Placental insufficiency
Intrauterine growth restriction
Hypoxic/ischemic brain injury
Meconium passage
Neonatal abstinence syndrome
Spontaneous abortion
Intrauterine fetal death
Premature labor and delivery
Preterm, premature rupture of membranes
Postpartum hemorrhage
Hypertensive emergencies/preeclampsia
Source: Reference 6

Opioid agonist therapy

Obstetric complications in women with OUD may be related to rapid, frequent fluctuations of opioid blood levels during intoxication and withdrawal. Therefore, the first goal of pharmacotherapy is to reduce physical stress associated with cycling opioid blood levels. Opioid agonist medications can be extremely effective. Opioid agonist treatment for pregnant patients is similar to that of nonpregnant patients but includes pregnancy-specific objectives ( Table 4 ).20

Few anti-relapse medications have been studied in pregnant patients. Pharmacotherapies for OUD include methadone and buprenorphine. In our experience, opioid antagonists such as naltrexone typically would not be considered for pregnant patients because:

  • their expected efficacy in reducing relapse in pregnant patients is lower than that of other medications
  • their expected risk for inducing withdrawal is higher compared with methadone or buprenorphine
  • research on the use of naltrexone during pregnancy is lacking.
Methadone has been used to treat OUD during pregnancy since the late 1970s.5 It requires adherence to strict federal regulations and is FDA pregnancy class C (animal reproduction studies have shown an adverse effect on the fetus and there are no adequate well-controlled studies in humans, but potential benefits may warrant use in pregnant women despite potential risks). Pregnant women have been safely maintained on methadone without adverse long-term maternal or fetal effects, and the National Institutes of Health recommends it as the standard of care for pregnant women with OUD. A woman steadily maintained on methadone is more likely to have a healthy pregnancy and infant than a woman who uses alcohol or other drugs.21 Further, the structure and services of methadone maintenance treatment can improve compliance with prenatal care and help prepare patients for parental responsibilities.

Fluctuating blood opioid levels are minimized when methadone dosage is individually determined. Dosages should be based on a woman’s stage of pregnancy, relapse risk, pre-pregnancy methadone dose, experience with methadone, and clinical history. Some women experience lowered methadone blood levels during pregnancy because of increased fluid space, a larger tissue reservoir that can store methadone, and increased drug metabolism by both placenta and fetus. As a result, increased or split (twice daily) dosing may be indicated.22-24

Buprenorphine is FDA pregnancy class C. Although not approved for use during pregnancy, it has been used successfully for pregnant patients with OUD.12,25 It is a partial agonist of the mu opioid receptor and an antagonist of the kappa opioid receptor, which may reduce its abuse liability and NAS severity.

The few randomized clinical trials comparing methadone with buprenorphine during pregnancy suggest that buprenorphine is not inferior to methadone in safety and discomfort of induction from a short-acting opioid, nor in outcome measures assessing NAS and maternal and neonatal safety.26,27 Results from the recent Maternal Opioid Treatment: Human Experimental Research project suggest that buprenorphine may have some advantages over methadone in pregnancy. Buprenorphine-maintained neonates may need less morphine, have shorter hospital stays, and require shorter treatment for NAS.28 However, treatment retention may be lower for buprenorphine-maintained mothers; any resultant long-term consequences on maternal and child health are as yet unexplored. These findings require replication.

Methadone and buprenorphine are not interchangeable. Many patients maintained on methadone do not respond optimally to buprenorphine. Clinics that dispense maintenance methadone are required to provide counseling services and random drug testing; these requirements do not apply to physicians who prescribe buprenorphine. Moreover, in our experience buprenorphine at times has been prescribed without close regard to psychosocial issues, adequate random drug testing, or coordination of care with other providers.

In pregnant patients, buprenorphine is preferred over buprenorphine and naloxone to avoid fetal exposure to naloxone, which may cause intrauterine withdrawal and maternal-fetal hormonal changes. To reduce abuse or diversion, patients should undergo drug testing to ensure buprenorphine is present, smaller prescriptions may be provided, and tablets can be counted. Limited data suggests buprenorphine is not teratogenic. Some data show low placental transfer of buprenorphine, thereby limiting fetal exposure and lowering risk for intrauterine growth restriction.29

Table 4

Opioid agonist treatment objectives for addicted patients who are pregnant

 

 

General objectives
Prevent opioid withdrawal signs and symptoms
Provide a comfortable induction onto the medication
Block the euphoric and reinforcing effects of illicit opioids while also attenuating the motivation (craving, social interactions) to use illicit opioids and other drugs
Enhance treatment retention
Create a more optimal environment for behavioral and psychosocial interventions
Pregnancy-specific objectives
Eliminate or reduce fetal exposure to illicit opioids and other illicit drugs
Stabilize the intrauterine environment
Enhance involvement in prenatal care
Create an optimal environment to address pregnancy-specific problems
Source: Reference 20

Delivery and postnatal care

Compared with those not in treatment, women who are engaged in a multidisciplinary treatment program at the time of delivery demonstrated higher gestational age, increased birth weights, and lower rates of neonatal ICU admissions. They also realized a cost savings of $4, 644 per mother-infant pair.30

During delivery, pain medication should not be withheld solely because a pregnant woman has a history of addiction-related disorders; these women are subject to pain during delivery as much as other women. Avoid using mixed agonists/antagonists such as nalbuphine or butorphanol in women receiving opioid maintenance medication. Labor and delivery pain management for a pregnant patient maintained on opioid agonist therapies is discussed elsewhere in the literature.31 Every effort should be made to ensure that the mother remains in treatment through delivery and beyond.

To read about advising women with OUD on the benefits and risks of breastfeeding while receiving opioid agonist maintenance treatment, see the Box below.

CASE CONTINUED: Medication change

Ms. J’s boyfriend has left her and her parents have not readily accepted her pregnancy and need for support. She continues to attend NA meetings and weekly therapy. After educating her about the differences between buprenorphine and buprenorphine and naloxone in relation to risk, benefits, and side effects, you switch Ms. J to buprenorphine, 12 mg/d, while maintaining her on aripiprazole and citalopram. She consents to exchanging information about her medical, mental health, and addiction-related treatment with her primary care provider, who helps locate an obstetrician/gynecologist comfortable with her OUD and buprenorphine. Ms. J’s therapist helps link her with social services agencies to ensure prenatal care, assist with removing barriers to care, and plan for her needs as a parent.

After checking your state’s mandates, you determine you are not required to report Ms. J’s drug testing results. Ms. J’s ongoing drug testing shows the presence of buprenorphine and the absence of other opioids and all drugs of abuse.

Ms. J’s delivery is uncomplicated medically; however, family, financial, and parental role issues remain problematic. Encouraging her involvement in therapy and social services as part of her continued buprenorphine prescribing proves beneficial.

Related Resources

  • Jones HE, Martin PR, Heil SH, et al. Treatment of opioid dependent pregnant women: clinical and research issues. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2008; 35(3): 245-259.
  • Johnson RE, Jones HE, Fischer G. Use of buprenorphine in pregnancy: patient management and effects on the neonate. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2003; 70(suppl 1 ): S87-S101.
  • Velez M, Jansson LM. The opioid dependent mother and the newborn dyad: nonpharmacologic care. J Addict Med. 2008; 2(3): 113-120.
Drug Brand Names

  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Buprenorphine and naloxone •Suboxone
  • Buprenorphine • Subutex
  • Butorphanol • Stadol
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Fentanyl • Duragesic, Sublimaze, others
  • Methadone • Dolophine
  • Naloxone • Narcan
  • Naltrexone • ReVia
  • Nalbuphine • Nubain
  • Oxycodone • Oxycontin
Disclosures

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Fernandez’ time toward this project was funded by the University Hospital/University of Cincinnati Addiction Psychiatry Fellowship Training Program operated by the Center for Treatment, Research, and Education in Addictive Disorders (CeTREAD), Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati and by the Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH.

The statements in this publication do not necessarily reflect the views or opinions of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the United States Government, or Opiate Addiction Recovery Services.

Acknowledgments

The authors wish to thank Kathleen Peak for her administrative assistance and Paul Horn, Professor, Department of Mathematical Sciences and Cincinnati VA, for statistical assistance.

Breast-feeding: OK while receiving opioid agonist treatment

Methadone is compatible with breast-feedinga and the American Academy of Pediatricsb and World Health Organizationc recommend breast-feeding for women receiving methadone unless there are contraindications such as human immunodeficiency virus infection.a Instruct mothers to seek medical advice if their breast-fed infant appears sedated.b Because the amount of methadone in breast milk is very small and depends on the methadone dose, the breast milk of mothers receiving methadone may be insufficient to prevent neonatal abstinence syndrome (NAS) and infants still may require opioid agonist treatment.d

Although breast-feeding by mothers receiving buprenorphine is not recommended by the drug’s manufacturer, there is consensus that buprenorphine is found in low levels in breast milke, f and is compatible with breast-feeding.g Because of partial agonism and low oral bioavailability, buprenorphine may not suppress NAS from methadone withdrawal. Always obtain appropriate informed consent.

References

a. Chasnoff If, Neuman MA, Thornton C, et al. Screening for substance abuse in pregnancy: a practical approach for the primary care physician. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2001;184(4):752-758.

b. Committee on Drugs, American Academy of Pediatrics. The transfer of drugs and other chemicals into human breast milk. Pediatrics. 2001;108:776-789.

c. The WHO Working Group, Bennet PN, ed. Monographs on individual drugs (WHO Working Group). In: Drugs and human lactation. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Elsevier; 1988:319-320.

d. Jansson LM, Velez M, Harrow C. Methadone maintenance and lactation: a review of the literature and current management guidelines. J Hum Lact. 2004;20(1):62-71.

e. Grimm D, Pauly E, Pöschl J, et al. Buprenorphine and norbuprenorphine concentrations in human breast milk samples determined by liquid chromotography-tandem mass spectrometry. Ther Drug Monit. 2005;27(4):526-530.

f. Lindemalm S, Nydert P, Svensson JO, et al. Transfer of buprenorphine into breast milk and calculation of infant drug dose. J Hum Lact. 2009;25(2):199-205.

g. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Special populations: pregnant women and neonates. In: Clinical guidelines for the use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP)) Series 40. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2004. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 04-3939.

References

1. Flavin J, Paltrow LM. Punishing pregnant drug-using women: defying law medicine, and common sense. J Addict Dis. 2010;29(2):231-244.

2. American Psychiatric Association. Opioid use disorder. DSM-5 development. Available at: http://www.dsm5.org/ProposedRevisions/Pages/proposedrevision.aspx?rid=460#. Accessed January 26 2011.

3. Pichini S, Puig C, Zuccaro P, et al. Assessment of exposure to opiates and cocaine during pregnancy in a Mediterranean city: preliminary results of the “Meconium Project. “ Forensic Sci Int. 2005;153:59-65.

4. Mitchell JL, Brown G. Physiological effects of cocaine heroin, and methadone. In: Engs RC, ed. Women: alcohol and other drugs. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt Publishing Co; 1990:53-60.

5. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Medication-assisted treatment for opioid addiction during pregnancy. In: Medication-assisted treatment for opioid addiction in opioid treatment programs. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 43. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2005, reprinted 2006. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 06-4212.

6. Helmbrecht GD, Thiagarajah S. Management of addiction disorders in pregnancy. J Addict Med. 2008;2(1):1-16.

7. Chasnoff If, Neuman MA, Thornton C, et al. Screening for substance abuse in pregnancy: a practical approach for the primary care physician. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2001;184(4):752-758.

8. Chasnoff IJ, Wells AM, McGourty RF, et al. Validation of the 4P’s Plus screen for substance use in pregnancy validation of the 4P’s Plus. J Perinatol. 2007;27:744-748.

9. Jones HE. The challenges of screening for substance use in pregnant women: commentary on the 4P’s Plus tool. J Perinatol. 2005;25:365-367.

10. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Substance abuse treatment: addressing the specific needs of women. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 51. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2009. HHS Publication No. (SMA) 09-4426.

11. Christmas JT, Knisely JS, Dawson KS, et al. Comparison of questionnaire screening and urine toxicology for detection of pregnancy complicated by substance use. Obstet Gynecol. 1992;80:750-754.

12. Wunsch MJ, Weaver MF. Alcohol and other drug use during pregnancy: management of the mother and child. In: Ries RK Fiellin DA, Miller SC, et al, eds. Principles of addiction medicine, 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins; 2009:1111-1124.

13. Ondersma SJ, Winhusen T, Erickson SJ, et al. Motivation enhancement therapy with pregnant substance-abusing women: does baseline motivation moderate efficacy? Drug Alcohol Depend. 2009;101(1-2):74-79.

14. Kaltenbach K, Berghella V, Finnegan L. Opioid dependence during pregnancy: effects and management. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am. 1998;25:139-151.

15. Comfort M, Zanis DA, Whiteley MJ, et al. Assessing the needs of substance abusing women. Psychometric data on the psychosocial history. J Subst Abuse Treat. 1999;17:79-83.

16. Kissin WB, Svikis DS, Moylan P, et al. Identifying pregnant women at risk for early attrition from substance abuse treatment. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2004;27:31-38.

17. Jones HE, O’Grady KE, Malfi D, et al. Methadone maintenance vs. methadone taper during pregnancy: maternal and neonatal outcomes. Am J Addict. 2008;17(5):372-386.

18. Luty J, Nikolaou V, Bearn J. Is opiate detoxification unsafe in pregnancy? J Subst Abuse Treat. 2003;24(4):363-367.

19. Vesga-Lopez O, Blanco C, Keyes K, et al. Psychiatric disorders in pregnant and postpartum women in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2008;65(7):805-815.

20. Jones HE, Martin PR, Heil SH, et al. Treatment of opioid dependent pregnant women: clinical and research issues. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2008;35(3):245-259.

21. NIDA International Program. National Institute on Drug Abuse. Methadone research web guide. Available at: http://international.drugabuse.gov/collaboration/guide_methadone/index.html. Accessed December 2, 2010.

22. Wittmann BK, Segal S. A comparison of the effects of single- and split-dose methadone administration on the fetus: ultrasound evaluation. Int J Addict. 1991;26:213-218.

23. DePetrillo PB, Rice JM. Methadone dosing and pregnancy: impact on program compliance. Int J Addict. 1995;30:207-217.

24. Jansson LM, Dipietro JA, Velez M, et al. Maternal methadone dosing schedule and fetal neurobehaviour. J Matern Fetal Neonatal Med. 2009;22(1):29-35.

25. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Special populations: pregnant women and neonates. In: Clinical guidelines for the use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 40. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2004. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 04-3939.

26. Jones HE, Johnson RE, Jasinski DR, et al. Randomized controlled study transitioning opioid-dependent pregnant women from short-acting morphine to buprenorphine or methadone. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2005;78(1):33-38.

27. Jones HE, Johnson RE, Jasinski DR, et al. Buprenorphine versus methadone in the treatment of pregnant opioid-dependent patients; effects on the neonatal abstinence syndrome. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2005;79(1):1-10.

28. Jones HE, Kaltenbach K, Heil SH, et al. Neonatal abstinence syndrome after methadone or buprenorphine exposure. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(24):2320-2331.

29. Nanovskaya T, Deshmukh S, Brooks M, et al. Transplacental transfer and metabolism of buprenorphine. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2002;300(1):26-33.

30. Svikis DS, Golden AS, Huggins GR, et al. Cost-effectiveness of treatment for drug-abusing pregnant women. Drug Alcohol Depend. 1997;45:105-113.

31. Jones HE, O’Grady K, Dahne J, et al. Management of acute postpartum pain in patients maintained on methadone or buprenorphine during pregnancy. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse. 2009;35(3):151-156.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Shannon C. Miller, MD, FASAM, FAPA
Medical Director, Integrated Dual Diagnosis and Outpatient Addiction Psychiatry/Medicine, Program Director, VA Advanced Fellowship in Addiction Medicine/Research, Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cincinnati, Associate Professor of Clinical Psychiatry, Associate Director of Education, Training, and Dissemination, Center for Treatment, Research, and Education in Addictive Disorders (CeTREAD),Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
Lisa Fernandez, MD
Addiction Psychiatry Fellow, University Hospital/University of Cincinnati, CeTREAD, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
Roberto Soria, MD
Medical Director, Opiate Addiction Recovery Services, Assistant Professor of Clinical Psychiatry, Co-Director, Clinical Services, CeTREAD, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Publications
Page Number
35-46
Legacy Keywords
Opioid use disorder; pregnancy; Miller; Fernandez; Soria
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Shannon C. Miller, MD, FASAM, FAPA
Medical Director, Integrated Dual Diagnosis and Outpatient Addiction Psychiatry/Medicine, Program Director, VA Advanced Fellowship in Addiction Medicine/Research, Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cincinnati, Associate Professor of Clinical Psychiatry, Associate Director of Education, Training, and Dissemination, Center for Treatment, Research, and Education in Addictive Disorders (CeTREAD),Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
Lisa Fernandez, MD
Addiction Psychiatry Fellow, University Hospital/University of Cincinnati, CeTREAD, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
Roberto Soria, MD
Medical Director, Opiate Addiction Recovery Services, Assistant Professor of Clinical Psychiatry, Co-Director, Clinical Services, CeTREAD, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH

Author and Disclosure Information

Shannon C. Miller, MD, FASAM, FAPA
Medical Director, Integrated Dual Diagnosis and Outpatient Addiction Psychiatry/Medicine, Program Director, VA Advanced Fellowship in Addiction Medicine/Research, Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cincinnati, Associate Professor of Clinical Psychiatry, Associate Director of Education, Training, and Dissemination, Center for Treatment, Research, and Education in Addictive Disorders (CeTREAD),Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
Lisa Fernandez, MD
Addiction Psychiatry Fellow, University Hospital/University of Cincinnati, CeTREAD, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
Roberto Soria, MD
Medical Director, Opiate Addiction Recovery Services, Assistant Professor of Clinical Psychiatry, Co-Director, Clinical Services, CeTREAD, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH

Article PDF
Article PDF

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/opioid-use-disorder-during-pregnancy.html#comments

For 3 years, your mental health clinic has been treating Ms. J, age 23, for bipolar disorder. She is single, unemployed, lives alone, and receives Social Security disability assistance and financial support from her parents. She has been successfully maintained on aripiprazole, 15 mg/d, and citalopram, 20 mg/d, for 18 months. Six months ago she began to miss therapy sessions and physician visits.

Her parents inform Ms. J’s therapist that she is “snorting oxycontin” with her new boyfriend. At her next visit Ms. J confirms she has been struggling to manage an opioid use disorder for more than 1 year, and requests help.

After you educate her about the diagnosis, pathophysiology, and treatment of opioid addiction, she chooses to include pharmacotherapy as part of her treatment. After informed consent, Ms. J agrees to take buprenorphine and naloxone, meet with her therapist weekly, and attend twice-weekly Narcotics Anonymous (NA) meetings. Over the ensuing months she is gradually inducted onto buprenorphine and naloxone, 12 mg, shows improved insight and motivation, provides negative urine drug screens, and demonstrates increased ability to manage her recovery. Two weeks later Ms. J tells you she may be pregnant but wants to continue buprenorphine and naloxone.

Opioid use disorder (OUD) during pregnancy is among the most difficult clinical scenarios to manage. The prevalence of OUD during pregnancy is largely unknown. However, stigma against pregnant patients with OUD is substantial.1 This article briefly summarizes identification, assessment, and treatment of OUD during pregnancy. To avoid confusion with the term “physical dependence, “ we will use “opioid use disorder” instead of “opioid dependence. “ The DSM-5 Substance Use Disorders Workgroup recommends combining abuse and dependence into a single disorder of graded clinical severity; however, this has not been finalized.2

Early identification is crucial

Early identification of OUD in pregnant women can be challenging. Self-reports underestimate use3 and shame, fear of prosecution or involvement of child welfare services, and guilt can further erode self-report. Women with OUD may have irregular menses and might not be aware of their pregnancy until several months after conception.4 Also, women with OUD who are maintained on opioid agonist therapies may misinterpret early signs of pregnancy—such as fatigue, nausea, vomiting, headaches, and cramps—as withdrawal symptoms and may respond by increasing their opioid dosing, thus exposing their fetus to increased drug levels. Finally, many women with OUD experience amenorrhea as a result of their stressful, unhealthy lifestyle, which may preclude pregnancy despite sexual activity. When these women later enroll in an opioid maintenance program, their endocrine function may return to normal, leading to unexpected pregnancy.5

Screening for OUD in pregnant patients has not been well studied. An interviewer’s nonjudgmental, empathic attitude may be more important than the specific questions he or she asks. It may be best to begin with less threatening questions and proceed to more specific questions after developing a therapeutic alliance.6

Chasnoff et al7 studied >2, 000 Medicaid-eligible pregnant patients from 9 prenatal clinics to identify risk factors for substance use during pregnancy. Alcohol or tobacco use in the month before pregnancy most differentiated current drug or alcohol use from nonuse while pregnant; however, a wide variation in use rates among patients in this study limits the generalizability of these findings. Consider OUD in women with:

  • physical examination findings or history that suggests substance use or withdrawal symptoms
  • positive drug test results for illicit or nonprescribed opioids
  • aberrant medication-taking behaviors in those receiving prescribed opioids
  • nicotine or alcohol use in the month before they knew they were pregnant
  • a history of addiction-related disorders
  • evidence of diseases associated with drug use, such as human immunodeficiency virus or hepatitis C
  • poor prenatal care attendance
  • unexplained fetal growth abnormalities.
Chasnoff et al demonstrated the reliability and effectiveness of a 1-minute, 5-item instrument (the “4 P’s Plus”) to screen for substance use, including heroin, during pregnancy ( Table 1 )8 In a study of 228 pregnant women, the overall internal consistency of this instrument was low but acceptable. More than three-quarters of patients (78%) were correctly classified as positive or negative, sensitivity was 87%, specificity was 76%, negative predictive validity was extremely high (97%), and positive predictive validity was low (36%). This low positive predictive validity may be acceptable in this population because over-identification of women at risk may be preferred to under-identification. The 4 P’s Plus identifies light and infrequent substance users who otherwise would go undetected, although it may place undue burden on providers to follow up on what later may be revealed to be a false positive screen.
 

 

9 OUD-specific screening approaches are lacking; screening for general substance use is discussed elsewhere in the literature.10

A combination of interviewing and biologic drug screening may be more effective than either approach alone.11 Drug screening should include opioids typically screened for (morphine, codeine, heroin metabolite) and those for which additional tests may be required (eg, semi-synthetics such as oxycodone and synthetics such as fentanyl). Learn your state’s civil mandates regarding drug-using pregnant women, guidelines for addiction treatment, and confidentiality provisions, especially as they relate to drug testing and mandatory reporting. Ideally, patients should be informed of these issues before they undergo drug testing or other procedures. These requirements may vary according to physician specialty or role in providing care.

Diagnosis of opioid dependence is based on DSM-IV-TR criteria; however, the proposed DSM-5 criteria for OUD may better emphasize cautions about including tolerance or withdrawal when diagnosing OUD in the setting of medically supervised and appropriate opioid use.2

Stigma against pregnant women with OUD easily can erode therapeutic efforts. Perhaps the most important element of assessment is maximizing the therapeutic alliance to ensure that the patient complies with prenatal obstetric care and maternal addiction services. Pregnancy may be an opportune time to motivate women with OUD to make a change because they may be more open to receiving help.12 Motivational interventions are helpful for many but not all patients; the best approach to such interventions is still uncertain.13 Regardless of the mother’s motivation, prenatal care is fundamental.

Table 1

The ‘4P’s Plus’ screen for substance use during pregnancy

Parents: Did either of your parents ever have a problem with alcohol or drugs?
Partner: Does your partner have a problem with alcohol or drugs?
Past: Have you ever drunk beer, wine, or liquor?
Pregnancy: In the month before you knew you were pregnant, how many cigarettes did you smoke?
In the month before you knew you were pregnant, how many beers/how much wine/ how much liquor did you drink?
A positive screen results when a patient answers either of the 2 questions relating to pregnancy, indicating any alcohol or tobacco use in the month before she knew she was pregnant
Source: Reference 8

Office management

OUD-specific treatment decreases opioid use and improves birth outcomes14 ; however, retaining these patients in treatment can be difficult. Addressing social issues— including financial burdens, unstable living conditions, intimate partner violence, transportation difficulties, and limited access to medical and child care—can facilitate treatment.5 The Addiction Severity Index version tailored to women and pregnancy15 examines 7 domains of functioning (drugs, alcohol, psychological, social, medical, legal, and employment), informs treatment planning, quantifies treatment progress, and has predictive validity.16 Services are more likely to be effective if started during pregnancy as opposed to after delivery. Although detoxification is possible under carefully monitored conditions, many women relapse after detoxifying, and neonatal abstinence syndrome (NAS)—a disorder in which an addicted newborn experiences drug withdrawal—is common. Therefore, the risks of detoxification often outweigh benefits.5,17,18

Rehabilitation services for the mother can be provided at various levels of care, including outpatient, intensive outpatient, day hospital, residential, and inpatient. Although pregnancy-specific OUD treatment is ideal, it may not be available. Clinicians should attempt to locate services that can incorporate resources for pregnant women. Providing a means for child care during treatment is paramount to compliance. Develop a plan for nonconfrontational counseling, job skills training/education, and ongoing care after delivery (including child care and transportation resources) at the onset of treatment. The length of time maintained in treatment is one of the strongest predictors of abstinence.5

Pregnant women with OUD should be screened for comorbid medical, obstetric, and psychiatric complications and referred accordingly ( Table 2 and Table 3 ).6 Coordination among the patient’s psychiatrist, primary care provider, and obstetrician/gynecologist is essential. Programs that integrate these approaches into a single treatment team may be ideal. Although pregnancy per se may not be associated with higher risk of mental disorders, the risk of major depressive disorder may be increased during the postpartum period.19 Young, unmarried women with recent stressful life events, complicated pregnancies, and poor overall health may face a significantly increased risk of psychiatric illness during pregnancy.19 Patients whose opioid use has caused pregnancy complications may experience guilt and grief.

Increased education and screening for substance use as the pregnancy approaches term is necessary because patients may mistake early labor for symptoms of opioid withdrawal or worry that delivery room pain management will be inadequate and therefore relapse. Among pregnant women with addiction, preterm labor may be most common in those with OUD.12

 

 

Table 2

Medical complications common to pregnancy and substance abuse

Anemia
Bacteremia/sepsis
Endocarditis
Cellulitis
Depression/anxiety
Gestational diabetes
Hepatitis (chronic and acute)
Hypertension/tachycardia
Phlebitis
Pneumonia
Gingivitis/poor oral hygiene
Sexually transmitted diseases
  • chlamydia
  • gonorrhea
  • condyloma acuminata
  • herpes
  • HIV/AIDS
  • syphilis
Tetanus
Cystitis
Pyelonephritis
AIDS: acquired immune deficiency syndrome; HIV: human immunodeficiency virus
Source: Reference 6

Table 3

Obstetric complications in women with addiction disorders

Placental abruption
Chorioamnionitis
Placental insufficiency
Intrauterine growth restriction
Hypoxic/ischemic brain injury
Meconium passage
Neonatal abstinence syndrome
Spontaneous abortion
Intrauterine fetal death
Premature labor and delivery
Preterm, premature rupture of membranes
Postpartum hemorrhage
Hypertensive emergencies/preeclampsia
Source: Reference 6

Opioid agonist therapy

Obstetric complications in women with OUD may be related to rapid, frequent fluctuations of opioid blood levels during intoxication and withdrawal. Therefore, the first goal of pharmacotherapy is to reduce physical stress associated with cycling opioid blood levels. Opioid agonist medications can be extremely effective. Opioid agonist treatment for pregnant patients is similar to that of nonpregnant patients but includes pregnancy-specific objectives ( Table 4 ).20

Few anti-relapse medications have been studied in pregnant patients. Pharmacotherapies for OUD include methadone and buprenorphine. In our experience, opioid antagonists such as naltrexone typically would not be considered for pregnant patients because:

  • their expected efficacy in reducing relapse in pregnant patients is lower than that of other medications
  • their expected risk for inducing withdrawal is higher compared with methadone or buprenorphine
  • research on the use of naltrexone during pregnancy is lacking.
Methadone has been used to treat OUD during pregnancy since the late 1970s.5 It requires adherence to strict federal regulations and is FDA pregnancy class C (animal reproduction studies have shown an adverse effect on the fetus and there are no adequate well-controlled studies in humans, but potential benefits may warrant use in pregnant women despite potential risks). Pregnant women have been safely maintained on methadone without adverse long-term maternal or fetal effects, and the National Institutes of Health recommends it as the standard of care for pregnant women with OUD. A woman steadily maintained on methadone is more likely to have a healthy pregnancy and infant than a woman who uses alcohol or other drugs.21 Further, the structure and services of methadone maintenance treatment can improve compliance with prenatal care and help prepare patients for parental responsibilities.

Fluctuating blood opioid levels are minimized when methadone dosage is individually determined. Dosages should be based on a woman’s stage of pregnancy, relapse risk, pre-pregnancy methadone dose, experience with methadone, and clinical history. Some women experience lowered methadone blood levels during pregnancy because of increased fluid space, a larger tissue reservoir that can store methadone, and increased drug metabolism by both placenta and fetus. As a result, increased or split (twice daily) dosing may be indicated.22-24

Buprenorphine is FDA pregnancy class C. Although not approved for use during pregnancy, it has been used successfully for pregnant patients with OUD.12,25 It is a partial agonist of the mu opioid receptor and an antagonist of the kappa opioid receptor, which may reduce its abuse liability and NAS severity.

The few randomized clinical trials comparing methadone with buprenorphine during pregnancy suggest that buprenorphine is not inferior to methadone in safety and discomfort of induction from a short-acting opioid, nor in outcome measures assessing NAS and maternal and neonatal safety.26,27 Results from the recent Maternal Opioid Treatment: Human Experimental Research project suggest that buprenorphine may have some advantages over methadone in pregnancy. Buprenorphine-maintained neonates may need less morphine, have shorter hospital stays, and require shorter treatment for NAS.28 However, treatment retention may be lower for buprenorphine-maintained mothers; any resultant long-term consequences on maternal and child health are as yet unexplored. These findings require replication.

Methadone and buprenorphine are not interchangeable. Many patients maintained on methadone do not respond optimally to buprenorphine. Clinics that dispense maintenance methadone are required to provide counseling services and random drug testing; these requirements do not apply to physicians who prescribe buprenorphine. Moreover, in our experience buprenorphine at times has been prescribed without close regard to psychosocial issues, adequate random drug testing, or coordination of care with other providers.

In pregnant patients, buprenorphine is preferred over buprenorphine and naloxone to avoid fetal exposure to naloxone, which may cause intrauterine withdrawal and maternal-fetal hormonal changes. To reduce abuse or diversion, patients should undergo drug testing to ensure buprenorphine is present, smaller prescriptions may be provided, and tablets can be counted. Limited data suggests buprenorphine is not teratogenic. Some data show low placental transfer of buprenorphine, thereby limiting fetal exposure and lowering risk for intrauterine growth restriction.29

Table 4

Opioid agonist treatment objectives for addicted patients who are pregnant

 

 

General objectives
Prevent opioid withdrawal signs and symptoms
Provide a comfortable induction onto the medication
Block the euphoric and reinforcing effects of illicit opioids while also attenuating the motivation (craving, social interactions) to use illicit opioids and other drugs
Enhance treatment retention
Create a more optimal environment for behavioral and psychosocial interventions
Pregnancy-specific objectives
Eliminate or reduce fetal exposure to illicit opioids and other illicit drugs
Stabilize the intrauterine environment
Enhance involvement in prenatal care
Create an optimal environment to address pregnancy-specific problems
Source: Reference 20

Delivery and postnatal care

Compared with those not in treatment, women who are engaged in a multidisciplinary treatment program at the time of delivery demonstrated higher gestational age, increased birth weights, and lower rates of neonatal ICU admissions. They also realized a cost savings of $4, 644 per mother-infant pair.30

During delivery, pain medication should not be withheld solely because a pregnant woman has a history of addiction-related disorders; these women are subject to pain during delivery as much as other women. Avoid using mixed agonists/antagonists such as nalbuphine or butorphanol in women receiving opioid maintenance medication. Labor and delivery pain management for a pregnant patient maintained on opioid agonist therapies is discussed elsewhere in the literature.31 Every effort should be made to ensure that the mother remains in treatment through delivery and beyond.

To read about advising women with OUD on the benefits and risks of breastfeeding while receiving opioid agonist maintenance treatment, see the Box below.

CASE CONTINUED: Medication change

Ms. J’s boyfriend has left her and her parents have not readily accepted her pregnancy and need for support. She continues to attend NA meetings and weekly therapy. After educating her about the differences between buprenorphine and buprenorphine and naloxone in relation to risk, benefits, and side effects, you switch Ms. J to buprenorphine, 12 mg/d, while maintaining her on aripiprazole and citalopram. She consents to exchanging information about her medical, mental health, and addiction-related treatment with her primary care provider, who helps locate an obstetrician/gynecologist comfortable with her OUD and buprenorphine. Ms. J’s therapist helps link her with social services agencies to ensure prenatal care, assist with removing barriers to care, and plan for her needs as a parent.

After checking your state’s mandates, you determine you are not required to report Ms. J’s drug testing results. Ms. J’s ongoing drug testing shows the presence of buprenorphine and the absence of other opioids and all drugs of abuse.

Ms. J’s delivery is uncomplicated medically; however, family, financial, and parental role issues remain problematic. Encouraging her involvement in therapy and social services as part of her continued buprenorphine prescribing proves beneficial.

Related Resources

  • Jones HE, Martin PR, Heil SH, et al. Treatment of opioid dependent pregnant women: clinical and research issues. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2008; 35(3): 245-259.
  • Johnson RE, Jones HE, Fischer G. Use of buprenorphine in pregnancy: patient management and effects on the neonate. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2003; 70(suppl 1 ): S87-S101.
  • Velez M, Jansson LM. The opioid dependent mother and the newborn dyad: nonpharmacologic care. J Addict Med. 2008; 2(3): 113-120.
Drug Brand Names

  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Buprenorphine and naloxone •Suboxone
  • Buprenorphine • Subutex
  • Butorphanol • Stadol
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Fentanyl • Duragesic, Sublimaze, others
  • Methadone • Dolophine
  • Naloxone • Narcan
  • Naltrexone • ReVia
  • Nalbuphine • Nubain
  • Oxycodone • Oxycontin
Disclosures

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Fernandez’ time toward this project was funded by the University Hospital/University of Cincinnati Addiction Psychiatry Fellowship Training Program operated by the Center for Treatment, Research, and Education in Addictive Disorders (CeTREAD), Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati and by the Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH.

The statements in this publication do not necessarily reflect the views or opinions of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the United States Government, or Opiate Addiction Recovery Services.

Acknowledgments

The authors wish to thank Kathleen Peak for her administrative assistance and Paul Horn, Professor, Department of Mathematical Sciences and Cincinnati VA, for statistical assistance.

Breast-feeding: OK while receiving opioid agonist treatment

Methadone is compatible with breast-feedinga and the American Academy of Pediatricsb and World Health Organizationc recommend breast-feeding for women receiving methadone unless there are contraindications such as human immunodeficiency virus infection.a Instruct mothers to seek medical advice if their breast-fed infant appears sedated.b Because the amount of methadone in breast milk is very small and depends on the methadone dose, the breast milk of mothers receiving methadone may be insufficient to prevent neonatal abstinence syndrome (NAS) and infants still may require opioid agonist treatment.d

Although breast-feeding by mothers receiving buprenorphine is not recommended by the drug’s manufacturer, there is consensus that buprenorphine is found in low levels in breast milke, f and is compatible with breast-feeding.g Because of partial agonism and low oral bioavailability, buprenorphine may not suppress NAS from methadone withdrawal. Always obtain appropriate informed consent.

References

a. Chasnoff If, Neuman MA, Thornton C, et al. Screening for substance abuse in pregnancy: a practical approach for the primary care physician. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2001;184(4):752-758.

b. Committee on Drugs, American Academy of Pediatrics. The transfer of drugs and other chemicals into human breast milk. Pediatrics. 2001;108:776-789.

c. The WHO Working Group, Bennet PN, ed. Monographs on individual drugs (WHO Working Group). In: Drugs and human lactation. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Elsevier; 1988:319-320.

d. Jansson LM, Velez M, Harrow C. Methadone maintenance and lactation: a review of the literature and current management guidelines. J Hum Lact. 2004;20(1):62-71.

e. Grimm D, Pauly E, Pöschl J, et al. Buprenorphine and norbuprenorphine concentrations in human breast milk samples determined by liquid chromotography-tandem mass spectrometry. Ther Drug Monit. 2005;27(4):526-530.

f. Lindemalm S, Nydert P, Svensson JO, et al. Transfer of buprenorphine into breast milk and calculation of infant drug dose. J Hum Lact. 2009;25(2):199-205.

g. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Special populations: pregnant women and neonates. In: Clinical guidelines for the use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP)) Series 40. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2004. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 04-3939.

Discuss this article at http://currentpsychiatry.blogspot.com/2011/03/opioid-use-disorder-during-pregnancy.html#comments

For 3 years, your mental health clinic has been treating Ms. J, age 23, for bipolar disorder. She is single, unemployed, lives alone, and receives Social Security disability assistance and financial support from her parents. She has been successfully maintained on aripiprazole, 15 mg/d, and citalopram, 20 mg/d, for 18 months. Six months ago she began to miss therapy sessions and physician visits.

Her parents inform Ms. J’s therapist that she is “snorting oxycontin” with her new boyfriend. At her next visit Ms. J confirms she has been struggling to manage an opioid use disorder for more than 1 year, and requests help.

After you educate her about the diagnosis, pathophysiology, and treatment of opioid addiction, she chooses to include pharmacotherapy as part of her treatment. After informed consent, Ms. J agrees to take buprenorphine and naloxone, meet with her therapist weekly, and attend twice-weekly Narcotics Anonymous (NA) meetings. Over the ensuing months she is gradually inducted onto buprenorphine and naloxone, 12 mg, shows improved insight and motivation, provides negative urine drug screens, and demonstrates increased ability to manage her recovery. Two weeks later Ms. J tells you she may be pregnant but wants to continue buprenorphine and naloxone.

Opioid use disorder (OUD) during pregnancy is among the most difficult clinical scenarios to manage. The prevalence of OUD during pregnancy is largely unknown. However, stigma against pregnant patients with OUD is substantial.1 This article briefly summarizes identification, assessment, and treatment of OUD during pregnancy. To avoid confusion with the term “physical dependence, “ we will use “opioid use disorder” instead of “opioid dependence. “ The DSM-5 Substance Use Disorders Workgroup recommends combining abuse and dependence into a single disorder of graded clinical severity; however, this has not been finalized.2

Early identification is crucial

Early identification of OUD in pregnant women can be challenging. Self-reports underestimate use3 and shame, fear of prosecution or involvement of child welfare services, and guilt can further erode self-report. Women with OUD may have irregular menses and might not be aware of their pregnancy until several months after conception.4 Also, women with OUD who are maintained on opioid agonist therapies may misinterpret early signs of pregnancy—such as fatigue, nausea, vomiting, headaches, and cramps—as withdrawal symptoms and may respond by increasing their opioid dosing, thus exposing their fetus to increased drug levels. Finally, many women with OUD experience amenorrhea as a result of their stressful, unhealthy lifestyle, which may preclude pregnancy despite sexual activity. When these women later enroll in an opioid maintenance program, their endocrine function may return to normal, leading to unexpected pregnancy.5

Screening for OUD in pregnant patients has not been well studied. An interviewer’s nonjudgmental, empathic attitude may be more important than the specific questions he or she asks. It may be best to begin with less threatening questions and proceed to more specific questions after developing a therapeutic alliance.6

Chasnoff et al7 studied >2, 000 Medicaid-eligible pregnant patients from 9 prenatal clinics to identify risk factors for substance use during pregnancy. Alcohol or tobacco use in the month before pregnancy most differentiated current drug or alcohol use from nonuse while pregnant; however, a wide variation in use rates among patients in this study limits the generalizability of these findings. Consider OUD in women with:

  • physical examination findings or history that suggests substance use or withdrawal symptoms
  • positive drug test results for illicit or nonprescribed opioids
  • aberrant medication-taking behaviors in those receiving prescribed opioids
  • nicotine or alcohol use in the month before they knew they were pregnant
  • a history of addiction-related disorders
  • evidence of diseases associated with drug use, such as human immunodeficiency virus or hepatitis C
  • poor prenatal care attendance
  • unexplained fetal growth abnormalities.
Chasnoff et al demonstrated the reliability and effectiveness of a 1-minute, 5-item instrument (the “4 P’s Plus”) to screen for substance use, including heroin, during pregnancy ( Table 1 )8 In a study of 228 pregnant women, the overall internal consistency of this instrument was low but acceptable. More than three-quarters of patients (78%) were correctly classified as positive or negative, sensitivity was 87%, specificity was 76%, negative predictive validity was extremely high (97%), and positive predictive validity was low (36%). This low positive predictive validity may be acceptable in this population because over-identification of women at risk may be preferred to under-identification. The 4 P’s Plus identifies light and infrequent substance users who otherwise would go undetected, although it may place undue burden on providers to follow up on what later may be revealed to be a false positive screen.
 

 

9 OUD-specific screening approaches are lacking; screening for general substance use is discussed elsewhere in the literature.10

A combination of interviewing and biologic drug screening may be more effective than either approach alone.11 Drug screening should include opioids typically screened for (morphine, codeine, heroin metabolite) and those for which additional tests may be required (eg, semi-synthetics such as oxycodone and synthetics such as fentanyl). Learn your state’s civil mandates regarding drug-using pregnant women, guidelines for addiction treatment, and confidentiality provisions, especially as they relate to drug testing and mandatory reporting. Ideally, patients should be informed of these issues before they undergo drug testing or other procedures. These requirements may vary according to physician specialty or role in providing care.

Diagnosis of opioid dependence is based on DSM-IV-TR criteria; however, the proposed DSM-5 criteria for OUD may better emphasize cautions about including tolerance or withdrawal when diagnosing OUD in the setting of medically supervised and appropriate opioid use.2

Stigma against pregnant women with OUD easily can erode therapeutic efforts. Perhaps the most important element of assessment is maximizing the therapeutic alliance to ensure that the patient complies with prenatal obstetric care and maternal addiction services. Pregnancy may be an opportune time to motivate women with OUD to make a change because they may be more open to receiving help.12 Motivational interventions are helpful for many but not all patients; the best approach to such interventions is still uncertain.13 Regardless of the mother’s motivation, prenatal care is fundamental.

Table 1

The ‘4P’s Plus’ screen for substance use during pregnancy

Parents: Did either of your parents ever have a problem with alcohol or drugs?
Partner: Does your partner have a problem with alcohol or drugs?
Past: Have you ever drunk beer, wine, or liquor?
Pregnancy: In the month before you knew you were pregnant, how many cigarettes did you smoke?
In the month before you knew you were pregnant, how many beers/how much wine/ how much liquor did you drink?
A positive screen results when a patient answers either of the 2 questions relating to pregnancy, indicating any alcohol or tobacco use in the month before she knew she was pregnant
Source: Reference 8

Office management

OUD-specific treatment decreases opioid use and improves birth outcomes14 ; however, retaining these patients in treatment can be difficult. Addressing social issues— including financial burdens, unstable living conditions, intimate partner violence, transportation difficulties, and limited access to medical and child care—can facilitate treatment.5 The Addiction Severity Index version tailored to women and pregnancy15 examines 7 domains of functioning (drugs, alcohol, psychological, social, medical, legal, and employment), informs treatment planning, quantifies treatment progress, and has predictive validity.16 Services are more likely to be effective if started during pregnancy as opposed to after delivery. Although detoxification is possible under carefully monitored conditions, many women relapse after detoxifying, and neonatal abstinence syndrome (NAS)—a disorder in which an addicted newborn experiences drug withdrawal—is common. Therefore, the risks of detoxification often outweigh benefits.5,17,18

Rehabilitation services for the mother can be provided at various levels of care, including outpatient, intensive outpatient, day hospital, residential, and inpatient. Although pregnancy-specific OUD treatment is ideal, it may not be available. Clinicians should attempt to locate services that can incorporate resources for pregnant women. Providing a means for child care during treatment is paramount to compliance. Develop a plan for nonconfrontational counseling, job skills training/education, and ongoing care after delivery (including child care and transportation resources) at the onset of treatment. The length of time maintained in treatment is one of the strongest predictors of abstinence.5

Pregnant women with OUD should be screened for comorbid medical, obstetric, and psychiatric complications and referred accordingly ( Table 2 and Table 3 ).6 Coordination among the patient’s psychiatrist, primary care provider, and obstetrician/gynecologist is essential. Programs that integrate these approaches into a single treatment team may be ideal. Although pregnancy per se may not be associated with higher risk of mental disorders, the risk of major depressive disorder may be increased during the postpartum period.19 Young, unmarried women with recent stressful life events, complicated pregnancies, and poor overall health may face a significantly increased risk of psychiatric illness during pregnancy.19 Patients whose opioid use has caused pregnancy complications may experience guilt and grief.

Increased education and screening for substance use as the pregnancy approaches term is necessary because patients may mistake early labor for symptoms of opioid withdrawal or worry that delivery room pain management will be inadequate and therefore relapse. Among pregnant women with addiction, preterm labor may be most common in those with OUD.12

 

 

Table 2

Medical complications common to pregnancy and substance abuse

Anemia
Bacteremia/sepsis
Endocarditis
Cellulitis
Depression/anxiety
Gestational diabetes
Hepatitis (chronic and acute)
Hypertension/tachycardia
Phlebitis
Pneumonia
Gingivitis/poor oral hygiene
Sexually transmitted diseases
  • chlamydia
  • gonorrhea
  • condyloma acuminata
  • herpes
  • HIV/AIDS
  • syphilis
Tetanus
Cystitis
Pyelonephritis
AIDS: acquired immune deficiency syndrome; HIV: human immunodeficiency virus
Source: Reference 6

Table 3

Obstetric complications in women with addiction disorders

Placental abruption
Chorioamnionitis
Placental insufficiency
Intrauterine growth restriction
Hypoxic/ischemic brain injury
Meconium passage
Neonatal abstinence syndrome
Spontaneous abortion
Intrauterine fetal death
Premature labor and delivery
Preterm, premature rupture of membranes
Postpartum hemorrhage
Hypertensive emergencies/preeclampsia
Source: Reference 6

Opioid agonist therapy

Obstetric complications in women with OUD may be related to rapid, frequent fluctuations of opioid blood levels during intoxication and withdrawal. Therefore, the first goal of pharmacotherapy is to reduce physical stress associated with cycling opioid blood levels. Opioid agonist medications can be extremely effective. Opioid agonist treatment for pregnant patients is similar to that of nonpregnant patients but includes pregnancy-specific objectives ( Table 4 ).20

Few anti-relapse medications have been studied in pregnant patients. Pharmacotherapies for OUD include methadone and buprenorphine. In our experience, opioid antagonists such as naltrexone typically would not be considered for pregnant patients because:

  • their expected efficacy in reducing relapse in pregnant patients is lower than that of other medications
  • their expected risk for inducing withdrawal is higher compared with methadone or buprenorphine
  • research on the use of naltrexone during pregnancy is lacking.
Methadone has been used to treat OUD during pregnancy since the late 1970s.5 It requires adherence to strict federal regulations and is FDA pregnancy class C (animal reproduction studies have shown an adverse effect on the fetus and there are no adequate well-controlled studies in humans, but potential benefits may warrant use in pregnant women despite potential risks). Pregnant women have been safely maintained on methadone without adverse long-term maternal or fetal effects, and the National Institutes of Health recommends it as the standard of care for pregnant women with OUD. A woman steadily maintained on methadone is more likely to have a healthy pregnancy and infant than a woman who uses alcohol or other drugs.21 Further, the structure and services of methadone maintenance treatment can improve compliance with prenatal care and help prepare patients for parental responsibilities.

Fluctuating blood opioid levels are minimized when methadone dosage is individually determined. Dosages should be based on a woman’s stage of pregnancy, relapse risk, pre-pregnancy methadone dose, experience with methadone, and clinical history. Some women experience lowered methadone blood levels during pregnancy because of increased fluid space, a larger tissue reservoir that can store methadone, and increased drug metabolism by both placenta and fetus. As a result, increased or split (twice daily) dosing may be indicated.22-24

Buprenorphine is FDA pregnancy class C. Although not approved for use during pregnancy, it has been used successfully for pregnant patients with OUD.12,25 It is a partial agonist of the mu opioid receptor and an antagonist of the kappa opioid receptor, which may reduce its abuse liability and NAS severity.

The few randomized clinical trials comparing methadone with buprenorphine during pregnancy suggest that buprenorphine is not inferior to methadone in safety and discomfort of induction from a short-acting opioid, nor in outcome measures assessing NAS and maternal and neonatal safety.26,27 Results from the recent Maternal Opioid Treatment: Human Experimental Research project suggest that buprenorphine may have some advantages over methadone in pregnancy. Buprenorphine-maintained neonates may need less morphine, have shorter hospital stays, and require shorter treatment for NAS.28 However, treatment retention may be lower for buprenorphine-maintained mothers; any resultant long-term consequences on maternal and child health are as yet unexplored. These findings require replication.

Methadone and buprenorphine are not interchangeable. Many patients maintained on methadone do not respond optimally to buprenorphine. Clinics that dispense maintenance methadone are required to provide counseling services and random drug testing; these requirements do not apply to physicians who prescribe buprenorphine. Moreover, in our experience buprenorphine at times has been prescribed without close regard to psychosocial issues, adequate random drug testing, or coordination of care with other providers.

In pregnant patients, buprenorphine is preferred over buprenorphine and naloxone to avoid fetal exposure to naloxone, which may cause intrauterine withdrawal and maternal-fetal hormonal changes. To reduce abuse or diversion, patients should undergo drug testing to ensure buprenorphine is present, smaller prescriptions may be provided, and tablets can be counted. Limited data suggests buprenorphine is not teratogenic. Some data show low placental transfer of buprenorphine, thereby limiting fetal exposure and lowering risk for intrauterine growth restriction.29

Table 4

Opioid agonist treatment objectives for addicted patients who are pregnant

 

 

General objectives
Prevent opioid withdrawal signs and symptoms
Provide a comfortable induction onto the medication
Block the euphoric and reinforcing effects of illicit opioids while also attenuating the motivation (craving, social interactions) to use illicit opioids and other drugs
Enhance treatment retention
Create a more optimal environment for behavioral and psychosocial interventions
Pregnancy-specific objectives
Eliminate or reduce fetal exposure to illicit opioids and other illicit drugs
Stabilize the intrauterine environment
Enhance involvement in prenatal care
Create an optimal environment to address pregnancy-specific problems
Source: Reference 20

Delivery and postnatal care

Compared with those not in treatment, women who are engaged in a multidisciplinary treatment program at the time of delivery demonstrated higher gestational age, increased birth weights, and lower rates of neonatal ICU admissions. They also realized a cost savings of $4, 644 per mother-infant pair.30

During delivery, pain medication should not be withheld solely because a pregnant woman has a history of addiction-related disorders; these women are subject to pain during delivery as much as other women. Avoid using mixed agonists/antagonists such as nalbuphine or butorphanol in women receiving opioid maintenance medication. Labor and delivery pain management for a pregnant patient maintained on opioid agonist therapies is discussed elsewhere in the literature.31 Every effort should be made to ensure that the mother remains in treatment through delivery and beyond.

To read about advising women with OUD on the benefits and risks of breastfeeding while receiving opioid agonist maintenance treatment, see the Box below.

CASE CONTINUED: Medication change

Ms. J’s boyfriend has left her and her parents have not readily accepted her pregnancy and need for support. She continues to attend NA meetings and weekly therapy. After educating her about the differences between buprenorphine and buprenorphine and naloxone in relation to risk, benefits, and side effects, you switch Ms. J to buprenorphine, 12 mg/d, while maintaining her on aripiprazole and citalopram. She consents to exchanging information about her medical, mental health, and addiction-related treatment with her primary care provider, who helps locate an obstetrician/gynecologist comfortable with her OUD and buprenorphine. Ms. J’s therapist helps link her with social services agencies to ensure prenatal care, assist with removing barriers to care, and plan for her needs as a parent.

After checking your state’s mandates, you determine you are not required to report Ms. J’s drug testing results. Ms. J’s ongoing drug testing shows the presence of buprenorphine and the absence of other opioids and all drugs of abuse.

Ms. J’s delivery is uncomplicated medically; however, family, financial, and parental role issues remain problematic. Encouraging her involvement in therapy and social services as part of her continued buprenorphine prescribing proves beneficial.

Related Resources

  • Jones HE, Martin PR, Heil SH, et al. Treatment of opioid dependent pregnant women: clinical and research issues. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2008; 35(3): 245-259.
  • Johnson RE, Jones HE, Fischer G. Use of buprenorphine in pregnancy: patient management and effects on the neonate. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2003; 70(suppl 1 ): S87-S101.
  • Velez M, Jansson LM. The opioid dependent mother and the newborn dyad: nonpharmacologic care. J Addict Med. 2008; 2(3): 113-120.
Drug Brand Names

  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Buprenorphine and naloxone •Suboxone
  • Buprenorphine • Subutex
  • Butorphanol • Stadol
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Fentanyl • Duragesic, Sublimaze, others
  • Methadone • Dolophine
  • Naloxone • Narcan
  • Naltrexone • ReVia
  • Nalbuphine • Nubain
  • Oxycodone • Oxycontin
Disclosures

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Fernandez’ time toward this project was funded by the University Hospital/University of Cincinnati Addiction Psychiatry Fellowship Training Program operated by the Center for Treatment, Research, and Education in Addictive Disorders (CeTREAD), Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience, University of Cincinnati and by the Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH.

The statements in this publication do not necessarily reflect the views or opinions of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the United States Government, or Opiate Addiction Recovery Services.

Acknowledgments

The authors wish to thank Kathleen Peak for her administrative assistance and Paul Horn, Professor, Department of Mathematical Sciences and Cincinnati VA, for statistical assistance.

Breast-feeding: OK while receiving opioid agonist treatment

Methadone is compatible with breast-feedinga and the American Academy of Pediatricsb and World Health Organizationc recommend breast-feeding for women receiving methadone unless there are contraindications such as human immunodeficiency virus infection.a Instruct mothers to seek medical advice if their breast-fed infant appears sedated.b Because the amount of methadone in breast milk is very small and depends on the methadone dose, the breast milk of mothers receiving methadone may be insufficient to prevent neonatal abstinence syndrome (NAS) and infants still may require opioid agonist treatment.d

Although breast-feeding by mothers receiving buprenorphine is not recommended by the drug’s manufacturer, there is consensus that buprenorphine is found in low levels in breast milke, f and is compatible with breast-feeding.g Because of partial agonism and low oral bioavailability, buprenorphine may not suppress NAS from methadone withdrawal. Always obtain appropriate informed consent.

References

a. Chasnoff If, Neuman MA, Thornton C, et al. Screening for substance abuse in pregnancy: a practical approach for the primary care physician. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2001;184(4):752-758.

b. Committee on Drugs, American Academy of Pediatrics. The transfer of drugs and other chemicals into human breast milk. Pediatrics. 2001;108:776-789.

c. The WHO Working Group, Bennet PN, ed. Monographs on individual drugs (WHO Working Group). In: Drugs and human lactation. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Elsevier; 1988:319-320.

d. Jansson LM, Velez M, Harrow C. Methadone maintenance and lactation: a review of the literature and current management guidelines. J Hum Lact. 2004;20(1):62-71.

e. Grimm D, Pauly E, Pöschl J, et al. Buprenorphine and norbuprenorphine concentrations in human breast milk samples determined by liquid chromotography-tandem mass spectrometry. Ther Drug Monit. 2005;27(4):526-530.

f. Lindemalm S, Nydert P, Svensson JO, et al. Transfer of buprenorphine into breast milk and calculation of infant drug dose. J Hum Lact. 2009;25(2):199-205.

g. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Special populations: pregnant women and neonates. In: Clinical guidelines for the use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP)) Series 40. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2004. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 04-3939.

References

1. Flavin J, Paltrow LM. Punishing pregnant drug-using women: defying law medicine, and common sense. J Addict Dis. 2010;29(2):231-244.

2. American Psychiatric Association. Opioid use disorder. DSM-5 development. Available at: http://www.dsm5.org/ProposedRevisions/Pages/proposedrevision.aspx?rid=460#. Accessed January 26 2011.

3. Pichini S, Puig C, Zuccaro P, et al. Assessment of exposure to opiates and cocaine during pregnancy in a Mediterranean city: preliminary results of the “Meconium Project. “ Forensic Sci Int. 2005;153:59-65.

4. Mitchell JL, Brown G. Physiological effects of cocaine heroin, and methadone. In: Engs RC, ed. Women: alcohol and other drugs. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt Publishing Co; 1990:53-60.

5. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Medication-assisted treatment for opioid addiction during pregnancy. In: Medication-assisted treatment for opioid addiction in opioid treatment programs. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 43. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2005, reprinted 2006. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 06-4212.

6. Helmbrecht GD, Thiagarajah S. Management of addiction disorders in pregnancy. J Addict Med. 2008;2(1):1-16.

7. Chasnoff If, Neuman MA, Thornton C, et al. Screening for substance abuse in pregnancy: a practical approach for the primary care physician. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2001;184(4):752-758.

8. Chasnoff IJ, Wells AM, McGourty RF, et al. Validation of the 4P’s Plus screen for substance use in pregnancy validation of the 4P’s Plus. J Perinatol. 2007;27:744-748.

9. Jones HE. The challenges of screening for substance use in pregnant women: commentary on the 4P’s Plus tool. J Perinatol. 2005;25:365-367.

10. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Substance abuse treatment: addressing the specific needs of women. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 51. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2009. HHS Publication No. (SMA) 09-4426.

11. Christmas JT, Knisely JS, Dawson KS, et al. Comparison of questionnaire screening and urine toxicology for detection of pregnancy complicated by substance use. Obstet Gynecol. 1992;80:750-754.

12. Wunsch MJ, Weaver MF. Alcohol and other drug use during pregnancy: management of the mother and child. In: Ries RK Fiellin DA, Miller SC, et al, eds. Principles of addiction medicine, 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins; 2009:1111-1124.

13. Ondersma SJ, Winhusen T, Erickson SJ, et al. Motivation enhancement therapy with pregnant substance-abusing women: does baseline motivation moderate efficacy? Drug Alcohol Depend. 2009;101(1-2):74-79.

14. Kaltenbach K, Berghella V, Finnegan L. Opioid dependence during pregnancy: effects and management. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am. 1998;25:139-151.

15. Comfort M, Zanis DA, Whiteley MJ, et al. Assessing the needs of substance abusing women. Psychometric data on the psychosocial history. J Subst Abuse Treat. 1999;17:79-83.

16. Kissin WB, Svikis DS, Moylan P, et al. Identifying pregnant women at risk for early attrition from substance abuse treatment. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2004;27:31-38.

17. Jones HE, O’Grady KE, Malfi D, et al. Methadone maintenance vs. methadone taper during pregnancy: maternal and neonatal outcomes. Am J Addict. 2008;17(5):372-386.

18. Luty J, Nikolaou V, Bearn J. Is opiate detoxification unsafe in pregnancy? J Subst Abuse Treat. 2003;24(4):363-367.

19. Vesga-Lopez O, Blanco C, Keyes K, et al. Psychiatric disorders in pregnant and postpartum women in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2008;65(7):805-815.

20. Jones HE, Martin PR, Heil SH, et al. Treatment of opioid dependent pregnant women: clinical and research issues. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2008;35(3):245-259.

21. NIDA International Program. National Institute on Drug Abuse. Methadone research web guide. Available at: http://international.drugabuse.gov/collaboration/guide_methadone/index.html. Accessed December 2, 2010.

22. Wittmann BK, Segal S. A comparison of the effects of single- and split-dose methadone administration on the fetus: ultrasound evaluation. Int J Addict. 1991;26:213-218.

23. DePetrillo PB, Rice JM. Methadone dosing and pregnancy: impact on program compliance. Int J Addict. 1995;30:207-217.

24. Jansson LM, Dipietro JA, Velez M, et al. Maternal methadone dosing schedule and fetal neurobehaviour. J Matern Fetal Neonatal Med. 2009;22(1):29-35.

25. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Special populations: pregnant women and neonates. In: Clinical guidelines for the use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 40. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2004. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 04-3939.

26. Jones HE, Johnson RE, Jasinski DR, et al. Randomized controlled study transitioning opioid-dependent pregnant women from short-acting morphine to buprenorphine or methadone. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2005;78(1):33-38.

27. Jones HE, Johnson RE, Jasinski DR, et al. Buprenorphine versus methadone in the treatment of pregnant opioid-dependent patients; effects on the neonatal abstinence syndrome. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2005;79(1):1-10.

28. Jones HE, Kaltenbach K, Heil SH, et al. Neonatal abstinence syndrome after methadone or buprenorphine exposure. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(24):2320-2331.

29. Nanovskaya T, Deshmukh S, Brooks M, et al. Transplacental transfer and metabolism of buprenorphine. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2002;300(1):26-33.

30. Svikis DS, Golden AS, Huggins GR, et al. Cost-effectiveness of treatment for drug-abusing pregnant women. Drug Alcohol Depend. 1997;45:105-113.

31. Jones HE, O’Grady K, Dahne J, et al. Management of acute postpartum pain in patients maintained on methadone or buprenorphine during pregnancy. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse. 2009;35(3):151-156.

References

1. Flavin J, Paltrow LM. Punishing pregnant drug-using women: defying law medicine, and common sense. J Addict Dis. 2010;29(2):231-244.

2. American Psychiatric Association. Opioid use disorder. DSM-5 development. Available at: http://www.dsm5.org/ProposedRevisions/Pages/proposedrevision.aspx?rid=460#. Accessed January 26 2011.

3. Pichini S, Puig C, Zuccaro P, et al. Assessment of exposure to opiates and cocaine during pregnancy in a Mediterranean city: preliminary results of the “Meconium Project. “ Forensic Sci Int. 2005;153:59-65.

4. Mitchell JL, Brown G. Physiological effects of cocaine heroin, and methadone. In: Engs RC, ed. Women: alcohol and other drugs. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt Publishing Co; 1990:53-60.

5. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Medication-assisted treatment for opioid addiction during pregnancy. In: Medication-assisted treatment for opioid addiction in opioid treatment programs. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 43. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2005, reprinted 2006. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 06-4212.

6. Helmbrecht GD, Thiagarajah S. Management of addiction disorders in pregnancy. J Addict Med. 2008;2(1):1-16.

7. Chasnoff If, Neuman MA, Thornton C, et al. Screening for substance abuse in pregnancy: a practical approach for the primary care physician. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2001;184(4):752-758.

8. Chasnoff IJ, Wells AM, McGourty RF, et al. Validation of the 4P’s Plus screen for substance use in pregnancy validation of the 4P’s Plus. J Perinatol. 2007;27:744-748.

9. Jones HE. The challenges of screening for substance use in pregnant women: commentary on the 4P’s Plus tool. J Perinatol. 2005;25:365-367.

10. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Substance abuse treatment: addressing the specific needs of women. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 51. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2009. HHS Publication No. (SMA) 09-4426.

11. Christmas JT, Knisely JS, Dawson KS, et al. Comparison of questionnaire screening and urine toxicology for detection of pregnancy complicated by substance use. Obstet Gynecol. 1992;80:750-754.

12. Wunsch MJ, Weaver MF. Alcohol and other drug use during pregnancy: management of the mother and child. In: Ries RK Fiellin DA, Miller SC, et al, eds. Principles of addiction medicine, 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins; 2009:1111-1124.

13. Ondersma SJ, Winhusen T, Erickson SJ, et al. Motivation enhancement therapy with pregnant substance-abusing women: does baseline motivation moderate efficacy? Drug Alcohol Depend. 2009;101(1-2):74-79.

14. Kaltenbach K, Berghella V, Finnegan L. Opioid dependence during pregnancy: effects and management. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am. 1998;25:139-151.

15. Comfort M, Zanis DA, Whiteley MJ, et al. Assessing the needs of substance abusing women. Psychometric data on the psychosocial history. J Subst Abuse Treat. 1999;17:79-83.

16. Kissin WB, Svikis DS, Moylan P, et al. Identifying pregnant women at risk for early attrition from substance abuse treatment. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2004;27:31-38.

17. Jones HE, O’Grady KE, Malfi D, et al. Methadone maintenance vs. methadone taper during pregnancy: maternal and neonatal outcomes. Am J Addict. 2008;17(5):372-386.

18. Luty J, Nikolaou V, Bearn J. Is opiate detoxification unsafe in pregnancy? J Subst Abuse Treat. 2003;24(4):363-367.

19. Vesga-Lopez O, Blanco C, Keyes K, et al. Psychiatric disorders in pregnant and postpartum women in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2008;65(7):805-815.

20. Jones HE, Martin PR, Heil SH, et al. Treatment of opioid dependent pregnant women: clinical and research issues. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2008;35(3):245-259.

21. NIDA International Program. National Institute on Drug Abuse. Methadone research web guide. Available at: http://international.drugabuse.gov/collaboration/guide_methadone/index.html. Accessed December 2, 2010.

22. Wittmann BK, Segal S. A comparison of the effects of single- and split-dose methadone administration on the fetus: ultrasound evaluation. Int J Addict. 1991;26:213-218.

23. DePetrillo PB, Rice JM. Methadone dosing and pregnancy: impact on program compliance. Int J Addict. 1995;30:207-217.

24. Jansson LM, Dipietro JA, Velez M, et al. Maternal methadone dosing schedule and fetal neurobehaviour. J Matern Fetal Neonatal Med. 2009;22(1):29-35.

25. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Special populations: pregnant women and neonates. In: Clinical guidelines for the use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction. Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 40. Rockville MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; 2004. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 04-3939.

26. Jones HE, Johnson RE, Jasinski DR, et al. Randomized controlled study transitioning opioid-dependent pregnant women from short-acting morphine to buprenorphine or methadone. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2005;78(1):33-38.

27. Jones HE, Johnson RE, Jasinski DR, et al. Buprenorphine versus methadone in the treatment of pregnant opioid-dependent patients; effects on the neonatal abstinence syndrome. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2005;79(1):1-10.

28. Jones HE, Kaltenbach K, Heil SH, et al. Neonatal abstinence syndrome after methadone or buprenorphine exposure. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(24):2320-2331.

29. Nanovskaya T, Deshmukh S, Brooks M, et al. Transplacental transfer and metabolism of buprenorphine. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2002;300(1):26-33.

30. Svikis DS, Golden AS, Huggins GR, et al. Cost-effectiveness of treatment for drug-abusing pregnant women. Drug Alcohol Depend. 1997;45:105-113.

31. Jones HE, O’Grady K, Dahne J, et al. Management of acute postpartum pain in patients maintained on methadone or buprenorphine during pregnancy. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse. 2009;35(3):151-156.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(03)
Page Number
35-46
Page Number
35-46
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Opioid use disorder during pregnancy
Display Headline
Opioid use disorder during pregnancy
Legacy Keywords
Opioid use disorder; pregnancy; Miller; Fernandez; Soria
Legacy Keywords
Opioid use disorder; pregnancy; Miller; Fernandez; Soria
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

What to look for when evaluating mood swings in children and adolescents

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 09/26/2018 - 10:53
Display Headline
What to look for when evaluating mood swings in children and adolescents

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Topics
Sections

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
What to look for when evaluating mood swings in children and adolescents
Display Headline
What to look for when evaluating mood swings in children and adolescents
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica

The surgeon who operated on himself

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:30
Display Headline
The surgeon who operated on himself

CASE: Self-surgery

Dr. T (a pseudonym), a middle-aged male surgeon, arrives in the emergency department (ED) by ambulance after vomiting and losing consciousness at his office. Paramedics place him on an involuntary psychiatric hold, which is permitted in California, after learning that he had been performing surgery on himself.

Dr. T has developed medical complications after attempting to repair his own umbilical hernia. He states that the hernia resulted from weakened periumbilical abdominal muscles after multiple abdominal liposuctions, during which he inserted a cannula through the umbilicus. Dr. T initially repaired the hernia 4 months ago, but the wound margins had dehisced. He had performed the procedure at his ambulatory care surgical suite with help from his surgical assistant. Dr. T says he has performed many procedures on himself, including abdominal and chest liposuction, dermal filler injections, and skin laser resurfacing to improve perceived blemishes and remove hair. These procedures often resulted in poor cosmetic outcomes.

The authors’ observations

Clinical interviews confirmed that Dr. T met DSM-IV-TR criteria for BDD (Table 1).1 He is excessively preoccupied with perceived physical defects, which cause clinically significant distress, and this preoccupation is not better accounted for by another mental disorder.

Although Dr. T denied any psychotic symptoms during clinical interviews and Mini-Mental State Exam assessment, a reported 77% of BDD patients meet criteria for delusional disorder, somatic type (Table 2).1,2 Both disorders can be diagnosed concurrently if a patient meets criteria for both disorders.1 Phillips et al3 have suggested that delusional and non-delusional BDD may constitute the same disorder, spanning a continuum of insight. This hypothesis is supported by reports that selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) work equally well for both BDD variants.4

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR criteria for body dysmorphic disorder

A.Preoccupation with an imagined defect in appearance. If a slight physical anomaly is present, the person’s concern is markedly excessive
B.The preoccupation causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
C.The preoccupation is not better accounted for by another mental disorder (eg, dissatisfaction with body shape and size in anorexia nervosa)
Source: Reference 1


Table 2

DSM-IV-TR criteria for delusional disorder

A.Nonbizarre delusions (ie, involving situations that occur in real life, such as being followed, poisoned, infected, loved at a distance, or deceived by spouse or lover, or having a disease) of at least 1 month’s duration
B.Criterion A for schizophrenia has never been met
C.Apart from the impact of the delusion(s) or its ramifications, functioning is not markedly impaired and behavior is not obviously odd or bizarre
D.If mood episodes have occurred concurrently with delusions, their total duration has been brief relative to the duration of the delusional periods
E.The disturbance is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition
Somatic Type: This subtype applies when the central theme of the delusion involves bodily functions or sensations. Somatic delusions can occur in several forms. Most common are the person’s conviction that he or she emits a foul odor from the skin, mouth, rectum, or vagina; that there is an infestation of insects on or in the skin; that there is an internal parasite; that certain parts of the body are definitely (contrary to all evidence) misshapen or ugly; or that parts of the body (eg, the large intestine) are not functioning
Source: Reference 1

HISTORY: Accomplishment, anxiety

When we ask Dr. T why he operated on himself, he replies that he did not have time to go to another surgeon. He disagrees when we suggest that he feared that his privacy and professional reputation might be compromised. Dr. T states, “Doctors with walking pneumonia prescribe pills for themselves; this is the same in principle” and “There is no law against operating on oneself.” When we ask if he regrets his actions, he says “I was just overconfident. I did them under local anesthesia and I have a high pain tolerance.” He denies enjoying the pain. He reports that his friends and significant other consider him “courageous” for operating on himself. He denies further plans to perform surgery on himself.

Dr. T has no history of psychiatric hospitalizations or suicide attempts. He has a history of “situational anxiety” and over 3 years his general practitioner prescribed unknown dosages of sertraline, alprazolam, and propranolol, but he did not take these medications regularly and denies taking any other medications. Except for impaired judgment, his mental status exam is within normal limits. He has no other medical problems. He denies alcohol or illicit drug use or a desire to harm himself or others. Dr. T states that as a younger man he was an accomplished athlete and is now an avid body builder who exercises daily and is proud of the intensity and rigor of his workouts.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Dr. T does not meet DSM-IV-TR criteria for a current mood or anxiety disorder; however, he has taken medications for what he described as “situational anxiety.” This pattern is consistent with data suggesting that BDD patients feel an unusually high degree of stress in their lives.5 Crerand et al6 found that >60% of BDD patients had a lifetime history of an anxiety disorder.

Dr. T’s history highlights traits often observed in patients with BDD. As is common in men with BDD, he follows a rigorous exercise regimen.7 He also was a competitive athlete, and hypercompetitiveness has significant positive correlation with BDD symptoms.8 He is preoccupied with excessive body hair, which is more prevalent in men than in women with BDD.9 Dr. T’s work required a keen sense of aesthetics, and it has been observed that individuals with BDD have increased aesthetic sensitivity.10,11

Although many individuals with BDD struggle socially and financially, some BDD patients are successful and quite accomplished. In a study of 156 Pakistani medical students, 5.8% met criteria for BDD.12 In The broken mirror,13 BDD expert Dr. Katharine Phillips describes caring for many high-functioning health care professionals who suffer from BDD, yet “they provide their patients with superb care … many with this disorder are productive, some are very high achievers.”

EVALUATION: Bad scars

Dr. T has multiple surgical scars on his chest and abdomen (Photo), ecchymoses, and tenderness on palpation. His vital signs are within normal limits and he is otherwise medically healthy. Notable laboratory findings include elevated white blood cell count and platelets, and decreased hemoglobin.

A CT scan shows a large hematoma over the anterior abdominal wall extending toward the flanks with extensive subcutaneous emphysema. The peritoneum is intact. These findings raise the medical team’s concern about possible infection and vascular instability. The involuntary psychiatric hold for observation is continued after evaluation in the ED.


Photo Dr. T’s chest and abdomen during presentation to the ED
Note the asymmetry of the nipples and scarring from prior self-surgeries

The authors’ observations

There is a disconnect between Dr. T’s perception of his physical attributes and the treatment team’s observations. He perceives himself as marred by physical defects, while the treatment team sees him as a handsome and attractive person— excluding his scars from self-surgery.

Patients with BDD frequently are concerned about perceived physical defects that objective observers would consider slight or not noticeable. Three-quarters of individuals with BDD seek surgery or other medical treatment for their perceived physical flaws.4 Many patients minimize their BDD symptoms and their distress when talking with health care professionals.14 Approximately 20% of cosmetic surgery patients report ongoing psychiatric treatment at the time of surgery.15 Eighty-four percent of cosmetic surgeons state they have refused to operate on a patient because of BDD.16 However, it may be difficult for surgeons to distinguish a “perfectionist” from a patient with BDD.17 Even “positive” cosmetic surgery outcomes do not ameliorate BDD symptoms because most patients develop new areas of concern. In a small study of patients with minimal defects who requested cosmetic surgery, surgery did not reduce symptoms of BDD, disability, or psychiatric comorbidity in 6 out of 7 patients at 5-year follow up.18

Specialized medical equipment, such as surgical instruments and dermabrasion or laser hair removal devices, can be purchased on the Internet, which may increase the likelihood of individuals attempting procedures on themselves. Veale14 published a retrospective case series of patients who were turned down or unable to afford cosmetic surgery who performed self-surgery. These efforts did not lead to the desired effect, and patients continued to be plagued by their original concerns as well as self-inflicted scarring and damage.

Dr. T had the training and resources to perform cosmetic procedures on himself. Unfortunately, these efforts led to disfigurement. Phillips13 states that although self-surgery appears infrequently, it reflects the severe emotional pain and desperation felt by some patients with BDD. Self-surgery is associated with an increased rate of serious suicide attempts.14 Carefully monitor any BDD patient for suicidal ideation, intent, or plans.

TREATMENT: Refuses follow-up

Dr. T is admitted to the medical service and stabilized with IV fluids and antibiotics. The consultation-liaison service followed him during hospitalization. Because repeated interviews do not uncover grave disability or an imminent danger to himself or others, the involuntary psychiatric hold is discontinued. Dr. T declines psychiatric follow-up care, but says he would consider seeing a mental health professional in the future.

 

 

The authors’ observations

This case involves challenging ethical, legal, and countertransference issues. One of the first dilemmas the treatment team encountered was the decision to continue the involuntary hold for observation and assessment. The ED physician and psychiatric resident were faced with telling a fellow physician that he had to remain in the hospital despite his adamant desire to leave. Dr. T’s articulate arguments against staying in the hospital were addressed in order to deliver needed medical treatment. The psychiatric, surgical, and internal medicine teams discussed these countertransference concerns extensively during Dr. T’s hospitalization.

Clearly, Dr. T demonstrated poor judgment by operating on himself, and we aimed to ensure that he received appropriate psychiatric follow-up, but it could not be mandated. After intense and strongly debated ethical and legal discussions with the hospital’s ethicists and risk management team, we determined that we could not file a report with the state medical board because there was no evidence of incompetence, malpractice, or imminent risk to patients. A detailed description of these discussions is omitted from this article to preserve Dr. T’s confidentiality. However, Dr. T will have to disclose and explain the involuntary psychiatric hold on his next medical license renewal.

Our decision was influenced by Phillips,13 who found that although patients with BDD may have minimal insight into their illness, “their judgment remains intact in areas unrelated to their body image problem. Attention span and memory are well preserved, and physical and neurologic examinations are normal.” Although Dr. T meets criteria for BDD, mental illness in physicians is not synonymous with impairment.19

BDD treatment options


With medications and psychotherapy, patients with BDD generally have a good prognosis. A recent meta-analysis found that SSRIs and cognitive-behavioral therapy are effective treatments for BDD.20 In general, higher doses of SSRIs are needed to treat BDD compared with depression. Other medications with evidence of efficacy for BDD include the serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor venlafaxine21 and the anticonvulsant levetiracetam.22 However, clinicians often don’t have the opportunity to try these approaches because BDD patients are difficult to engage in treatment, as is evident in Dr. T’s case. Innovative approaches that combine practical and evidence-based strategies have been manualized.23 These approaches can help clinicians engage BDD patients in treatment and recognize underlying issues of distorted body image.

Related Resources

  • BDD Central. www.bddcentral.com.
  • Phillips KA. The broken mirror: understanding and treating body dysmorphic disorder. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2005.

Drug Brand Names

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Levetiracetam • Keppra
  • Propranolol • Inderal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor

Disclosure

Dr. Rapaport receives grant/research support from the National Institute of Mental Health and the National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine and is a consultant for Affectis Pharmaceuticals, Methylation Sciences, PAX Pharmaceuticals, and Johnson and Johnson Pharmaceuticals.

Drs. Rafin and Pimstone report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgement

The authors wish to thank Dr. Kristine Andrade for editorial assistance. We also wish to thank the Institutional Review Board at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center for its review and approval of this case report, and Dr. T for his consent to publish it.

References

1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

2. Phillips KA, Menard W, Fay C, et al. Demographic characteristics, phenomenology, comorbidity, and family history in 200 individuals with body dysmorphic disorder. Psychosomatics. 2005;46:317-325.

3. Phillips KA, McElroy SL, Keck PE, Jr, et al. A comparison of delusional and nondelusional body dysmorphic disorder in 100 cases. Psychopharmacol Bull. 1994;30:179-186.

4. Crerand CE, Franklin ME, Sarwer DB. Patient safety: body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2008;122(4S):1-15.

5. DeMarco LM, Li LC, Phillips KA, et al. Perceived stress in body dysmorphic disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1998;186(11):724-726.

6. Crerand CE, Franklin ME, Sarwer DB. Body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2006;118(7):167-180.

7. Phillips KA, Diaz SF. Gender differences in body dysmorphic disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1997;185(9):570-577.

8. Woodie DS, Fromuth ME. The relationship of hypercompetitiveness and gender roles with body dysmorphic disorder symptoms in a nonclinical sample. Body Image. 2009;6(4):318-321.

9. Perugi G, Akiskal HS, Giannotti D, et al. Gender-related differences in body dysmorphic disorder (dysmorphophobia). J Nerv Ment Dis. 1997;185(9):578-582.

10. Veale D, Ennis M, Lambrou C. Possible association of body dysmorphic disorder with an occupation or education in art and design. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(10):1788-1790.

11. Phillips KA, Menard W. Body dysmorphic disorder and art background. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161:927-928.

12. Ather MT, Mehrine S, Saqib GA, et al. Body dysmorphic disorder: gender differences and prevalence in a Pakistani medical student population. BMC Psychiatry. 2008;8:20.

13. Phillips KA. The broken mirror: understanding and treating body dysmorphic disorder. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2005.

14. Veale D. Outcome of cosmetic surgery and ‘DIY’ surgery in patients with body dysmorphic disorder. Psychiatric Bulletin. 2000;24:218-220.

15. Sarwer DB, Zanville HA, LaRossa D, et al. Mental health histories and psychiatric medication usage among persons who sought cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2004;114:1927-1933.

16. Sarwer DB. Awareness and identification of body dysmorphic disorder by aesthetic surgeons: results of a survey of American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery members. Aesthet Surg J. 2002;22:531-535.

17. Glaser DA, Kaminer MS. Body dysmorphic disorder and the liposuction patient. Dermatol Surg. 2005;31(5):559-560.

18. Tignol J, Biraben-Gotzamanis L, Martin-Guehl C, et al. Body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery: evolution of 24 subjects with a minimal defect in appearance 5 years after their request for cosmetic surgery. Eur Psychiatry. 2007;22(8):520-524.

19. Myers MF. The psychiatrist’s role in the management of impaired colleagues. Directions in Psychiatry. 1995;15:1-8.

20. Ipser JC, Sander C, Stein DJ. Pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy for body dysmorphic disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(1):CD005332.

21. Allen A, Hadley SJ, Kaplan A, et al. An open-label trial of venlafaxine in body dysmorphic disorder. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(2):138-144.

22. Phillips KA, Menard W. A prospective pilot study of levetiracetam for body dysmorphic disorder. CNS Spectr. 2009;14(5):252-260.

23. Veale D, Neziroglu F. Body dysmorphic disorder: a treatment manual. West Sussex, United Kingdom: Wiley-Blackwell; 2010.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Zaid Yusufi Rafin, MD
Dr. Rafin is a Fourth-Year Psychiatry resident at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA.
Daniel Joel Pimstone, MD
Dr. Pimstone is an Addiction Psychiatrist in private practice in Los Angeles.
Mark Hyman Rapaport, MD
Dr. Rapaport is Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Page Number
53-58
Legacy Keywords
body dysmorphic disorder;delusional disorder; situational anxiety; Rafin; Pimstone; Rapaport
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Zaid Yusufi Rafin, MD
Dr. Rafin is a Fourth-Year Psychiatry resident at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA.
Daniel Joel Pimstone, MD
Dr. Pimstone is an Addiction Psychiatrist in private practice in Los Angeles.
Mark Hyman Rapaport, MD
Dr. Rapaport is Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles.

Author and Disclosure Information

Zaid Yusufi Rafin, MD
Dr. Rafin is a Fourth-Year Psychiatry resident at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA.
Daniel Joel Pimstone, MD
Dr. Pimstone is an Addiction Psychiatrist in private practice in Los Angeles.
Mark Hyman Rapaport, MD
Dr. Rapaport is Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles.

Article PDF
Article PDF

CASE: Self-surgery

Dr. T (a pseudonym), a middle-aged male surgeon, arrives in the emergency department (ED) by ambulance after vomiting and losing consciousness at his office. Paramedics place him on an involuntary psychiatric hold, which is permitted in California, after learning that he had been performing surgery on himself.

Dr. T has developed medical complications after attempting to repair his own umbilical hernia. He states that the hernia resulted from weakened periumbilical abdominal muscles after multiple abdominal liposuctions, during which he inserted a cannula through the umbilicus. Dr. T initially repaired the hernia 4 months ago, but the wound margins had dehisced. He had performed the procedure at his ambulatory care surgical suite with help from his surgical assistant. Dr. T says he has performed many procedures on himself, including abdominal and chest liposuction, dermal filler injections, and skin laser resurfacing to improve perceived blemishes and remove hair. These procedures often resulted in poor cosmetic outcomes.

The authors’ observations

Clinical interviews confirmed that Dr. T met DSM-IV-TR criteria for BDD (Table 1).1 He is excessively preoccupied with perceived physical defects, which cause clinically significant distress, and this preoccupation is not better accounted for by another mental disorder.

Although Dr. T denied any psychotic symptoms during clinical interviews and Mini-Mental State Exam assessment, a reported 77% of BDD patients meet criteria for delusional disorder, somatic type (Table 2).1,2 Both disorders can be diagnosed concurrently if a patient meets criteria for both disorders.1 Phillips et al3 have suggested that delusional and non-delusional BDD may constitute the same disorder, spanning a continuum of insight. This hypothesis is supported by reports that selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) work equally well for both BDD variants.4

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR criteria for body dysmorphic disorder

A.Preoccupation with an imagined defect in appearance. If a slight physical anomaly is present, the person’s concern is markedly excessive
B.The preoccupation causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
C.The preoccupation is not better accounted for by another mental disorder (eg, dissatisfaction with body shape and size in anorexia nervosa)
Source: Reference 1


Table 2

DSM-IV-TR criteria for delusional disorder

A.Nonbizarre delusions (ie, involving situations that occur in real life, such as being followed, poisoned, infected, loved at a distance, or deceived by spouse or lover, or having a disease) of at least 1 month’s duration
B.Criterion A for schizophrenia has never been met
C.Apart from the impact of the delusion(s) or its ramifications, functioning is not markedly impaired and behavior is not obviously odd or bizarre
D.If mood episodes have occurred concurrently with delusions, their total duration has been brief relative to the duration of the delusional periods
E.The disturbance is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition
Somatic Type: This subtype applies when the central theme of the delusion involves bodily functions or sensations. Somatic delusions can occur in several forms. Most common are the person’s conviction that he or she emits a foul odor from the skin, mouth, rectum, or vagina; that there is an infestation of insects on or in the skin; that there is an internal parasite; that certain parts of the body are definitely (contrary to all evidence) misshapen or ugly; or that parts of the body (eg, the large intestine) are not functioning
Source: Reference 1

HISTORY: Accomplishment, anxiety

When we ask Dr. T why he operated on himself, he replies that he did not have time to go to another surgeon. He disagrees when we suggest that he feared that his privacy and professional reputation might be compromised. Dr. T states, “Doctors with walking pneumonia prescribe pills for themselves; this is the same in principle” and “There is no law against operating on oneself.” When we ask if he regrets his actions, he says “I was just overconfident. I did them under local anesthesia and I have a high pain tolerance.” He denies enjoying the pain. He reports that his friends and significant other consider him “courageous” for operating on himself. He denies further plans to perform surgery on himself.

Dr. T has no history of psychiatric hospitalizations or suicide attempts. He has a history of “situational anxiety” and over 3 years his general practitioner prescribed unknown dosages of sertraline, alprazolam, and propranolol, but he did not take these medications regularly and denies taking any other medications. Except for impaired judgment, his mental status exam is within normal limits. He has no other medical problems. He denies alcohol or illicit drug use or a desire to harm himself or others. Dr. T states that as a younger man he was an accomplished athlete and is now an avid body builder who exercises daily and is proud of the intensity and rigor of his workouts.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Dr. T does not meet DSM-IV-TR criteria for a current mood or anxiety disorder; however, he has taken medications for what he described as “situational anxiety.” This pattern is consistent with data suggesting that BDD patients feel an unusually high degree of stress in their lives.5 Crerand et al6 found that >60% of BDD patients had a lifetime history of an anxiety disorder.

Dr. T’s history highlights traits often observed in patients with BDD. As is common in men with BDD, he follows a rigorous exercise regimen.7 He also was a competitive athlete, and hypercompetitiveness has significant positive correlation with BDD symptoms.8 He is preoccupied with excessive body hair, which is more prevalent in men than in women with BDD.9 Dr. T’s work required a keen sense of aesthetics, and it has been observed that individuals with BDD have increased aesthetic sensitivity.10,11

Although many individuals with BDD struggle socially and financially, some BDD patients are successful and quite accomplished. In a study of 156 Pakistani medical students, 5.8% met criteria for BDD.12 In The broken mirror,13 BDD expert Dr. Katharine Phillips describes caring for many high-functioning health care professionals who suffer from BDD, yet “they provide their patients with superb care … many with this disorder are productive, some are very high achievers.”

EVALUATION: Bad scars

Dr. T has multiple surgical scars on his chest and abdomen (Photo), ecchymoses, and tenderness on palpation. His vital signs are within normal limits and he is otherwise medically healthy. Notable laboratory findings include elevated white blood cell count and platelets, and decreased hemoglobin.

A CT scan shows a large hematoma over the anterior abdominal wall extending toward the flanks with extensive subcutaneous emphysema. The peritoneum is intact. These findings raise the medical team’s concern about possible infection and vascular instability. The involuntary psychiatric hold for observation is continued after evaluation in the ED.


Photo Dr. T’s chest and abdomen during presentation to the ED
Note the asymmetry of the nipples and scarring from prior self-surgeries

The authors’ observations

There is a disconnect between Dr. T’s perception of his physical attributes and the treatment team’s observations. He perceives himself as marred by physical defects, while the treatment team sees him as a handsome and attractive person— excluding his scars from self-surgery.

Patients with BDD frequently are concerned about perceived physical defects that objective observers would consider slight or not noticeable. Three-quarters of individuals with BDD seek surgery or other medical treatment for their perceived physical flaws.4 Many patients minimize their BDD symptoms and their distress when talking with health care professionals.14 Approximately 20% of cosmetic surgery patients report ongoing psychiatric treatment at the time of surgery.15 Eighty-four percent of cosmetic surgeons state they have refused to operate on a patient because of BDD.16 However, it may be difficult for surgeons to distinguish a “perfectionist” from a patient with BDD.17 Even “positive” cosmetic surgery outcomes do not ameliorate BDD symptoms because most patients develop new areas of concern. In a small study of patients with minimal defects who requested cosmetic surgery, surgery did not reduce symptoms of BDD, disability, or psychiatric comorbidity in 6 out of 7 patients at 5-year follow up.18

Specialized medical equipment, such as surgical instruments and dermabrasion or laser hair removal devices, can be purchased on the Internet, which may increase the likelihood of individuals attempting procedures on themselves. Veale14 published a retrospective case series of patients who were turned down or unable to afford cosmetic surgery who performed self-surgery. These efforts did not lead to the desired effect, and patients continued to be plagued by their original concerns as well as self-inflicted scarring and damage.

Dr. T had the training and resources to perform cosmetic procedures on himself. Unfortunately, these efforts led to disfigurement. Phillips13 states that although self-surgery appears infrequently, it reflects the severe emotional pain and desperation felt by some patients with BDD. Self-surgery is associated with an increased rate of serious suicide attempts.14 Carefully monitor any BDD patient for suicidal ideation, intent, or plans.

TREATMENT: Refuses follow-up

Dr. T is admitted to the medical service and stabilized with IV fluids and antibiotics. The consultation-liaison service followed him during hospitalization. Because repeated interviews do not uncover grave disability or an imminent danger to himself or others, the involuntary psychiatric hold is discontinued. Dr. T declines psychiatric follow-up care, but says he would consider seeing a mental health professional in the future.

 

 

The authors’ observations

This case involves challenging ethical, legal, and countertransference issues. One of the first dilemmas the treatment team encountered was the decision to continue the involuntary hold for observation and assessment. The ED physician and psychiatric resident were faced with telling a fellow physician that he had to remain in the hospital despite his adamant desire to leave. Dr. T’s articulate arguments against staying in the hospital were addressed in order to deliver needed medical treatment. The psychiatric, surgical, and internal medicine teams discussed these countertransference concerns extensively during Dr. T’s hospitalization.

Clearly, Dr. T demonstrated poor judgment by operating on himself, and we aimed to ensure that he received appropriate psychiatric follow-up, but it could not be mandated. After intense and strongly debated ethical and legal discussions with the hospital’s ethicists and risk management team, we determined that we could not file a report with the state medical board because there was no evidence of incompetence, malpractice, or imminent risk to patients. A detailed description of these discussions is omitted from this article to preserve Dr. T’s confidentiality. However, Dr. T will have to disclose and explain the involuntary psychiatric hold on his next medical license renewal.

Our decision was influenced by Phillips,13 who found that although patients with BDD may have minimal insight into their illness, “their judgment remains intact in areas unrelated to their body image problem. Attention span and memory are well preserved, and physical and neurologic examinations are normal.” Although Dr. T meets criteria for BDD, mental illness in physicians is not synonymous with impairment.19

BDD treatment options


With medications and psychotherapy, patients with BDD generally have a good prognosis. A recent meta-analysis found that SSRIs and cognitive-behavioral therapy are effective treatments for BDD.20 In general, higher doses of SSRIs are needed to treat BDD compared with depression. Other medications with evidence of efficacy for BDD include the serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor venlafaxine21 and the anticonvulsant levetiracetam.22 However, clinicians often don’t have the opportunity to try these approaches because BDD patients are difficult to engage in treatment, as is evident in Dr. T’s case. Innovative approaches that combine practical and evidence-based strategies have been manualized.23 These approaches can help clinicians engage BDD patients in treatment and recognize underlying issues of distorted body image.

Related Resources

  • BDD Central. www.bddcentral.com.
  • Phillips KA. The broken mirror: understanding and treating body dysmorphic disorder. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2005.

Drug Brand Names

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Levetiracetam • Keppra
  • Propranolol • Inderal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor

Disclosure

Dr. Rapaport receives grant/research support from the National Institute of Mental Health and the National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine and is a consultant for Affectis Pharmaceuticals, Methylation Sciences, PAX Pharmaceuticals, and Johnson and Johnson Pharmaceuticals.

Drs. Rafin and Pimstone report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgement

The authors wish to thank Dr. Kristine Andrade for editorial assistance. We also wish to thank the Institutional Review Board at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center for its review and approval of this case report, and Dr. T for his consent to publish it.

CASE: Self-surgery

Dr. T (a pseudonym), a middle-aged male surgeon, arrives in the emergency department (ED) by ambulance after vomiting and losing consciousness at his office. Paramedics place him on an involuntary psychiatric hold, which is permitted in California, after learning that he had been performing surgery on himself.

Dr. T has developed medical complications after attempting to repair his own umbilical hernia. He states that the hernia resulted from weakened periumbilical abdominal muscles after multiple abdominal liposuctions, during which he inserted a cannula through the umbilicus. Dr. T initially repaired the hernia 4 months ago, but the wound margins had dehisced. He had performed the procedure at his ambulatory care surgical suite with help from his surgical assistant. Dr. T says he has performed many procedures on himself, including abdominal and chest liposuction, dermal filler injections, and skin laser resurfacing to improve perceived blemishes and remove hair. These procedures often resulted in poor cosmetic outcomes.

The authors’ observations

Clinical interviews confirmed that Dr. T met DSM-IV-TR criteria for BDD (Table 1).1 He is excessively preoccupied with perceived physical defects, which cause clinically significant distress, and this preoccupation is not better accounted for by another mental disorder.

Although Dr. T denied any psychotic symptoms during clinical interviews and Mini-Mental State Exam assessment, a reported 77% of BDD patients meet criteria for delusional disorder, somatic type (Table 2).1,2 Both disorders can be diagnosed concurrently if a patient meets criteria for both disorders.1 Phillips et al3 have suggested that delusional and non-delusional BDD may constitute the same disorder, spanning a continuum of insight. This hypothesis is supported by reports that selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) work equally well for both BDD variants.4

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR criteria for body dysmorphic disorder

A.Preoccupation with an imagined defect in appearance. If a slight physical anomaly is present, the person’s concern is markedly excessive
B.The preoccupation causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning
C.The preoccupation is not better accounted for by another mental disorder (eg, dissatisfaction with body shape and size in anorexia nervosa)
Source: Reference 1


Table 2

DSM-IV-TR criteria for delusional disorder

A.Nonbizarre delusions (ie, involving situations that occur in real life, such as being followed, poisoned, infected, loved at a distance, or deceived by spouse or lover, or having a disease) of at least 1 month’s duration
B.Criterion A for schizophrenia has never been met
C.Apart from the impact of the delusion(s) or its ramifications, functioning is not markedly impaired and behavior is not obviously odd or bizarre
D.If mood episodes have occurred concurrently with delusions, their total duration has been brief relative to the duration of the delusional periods
E.The disturbance is not due to the direct physiological effects of a substance (eg, a drug of abuse, a medication) or a general medical condition
Somatic Type: This subtype applies when the central theme of the delusion involves bodily functions or sensations. Somatic delusions can occur in several forms. Most common are the person’s conviction that he or she emits a foul odor from the skin, mouth, rectum, or vagina; that there is an infestation of insects on or in the skin; that there is an internal parasite; that certain parts of the body are definitely (contrary to all evidence) misshapen or ugly; or that parts of the body (eg, the large intestine) are not functioning
Source: Reference 1

HISTORY: Accomplishment, anxiety

When we ask Dr. T why he operated on himself, he replies that he did not have time to go to another surgeon. He disagrees when we suggest that he feared that his privacy and professional reputation might be compromised. Dr. T states, “Doctors with walking pneumonia prescribe pills for themselves; this is the same in principle” and “There is no law against operating on oneself.” When we ask if he regrets his actions, he says “I was just overconfident. I did them under local anesthesia and I have a high pain tolerance.” He denies enjoying the pain. He reports that his friends and significant other consider him “courageous” for operating on himself. He denies further plans to perform surgery on himself.

Dr. T has no history of psychiatric hospitalizations or suicide attempts. He has a history of “situational anxiety” and over 3 years his general practitioner prescribed unknown dosages of sertraline, alprazolam, and propranolol, but he did not take these medications regularly and denies taking any other medications. Except for impaired judgment, his mental status exam is within normal limits. He has no other medical problems. He denies alcohol or illicit drug use or a desire to harm himself or others. Dr. T states that as a younger man he was an accomplished athlete and is now an avid body builder who exercises daily and is proud of the intensity and rigor of his workouts.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Dr. T does not meet DSM-IV-TR criteria for a current mood or anxiety disorder; however, he has taken medications for what he described as “situational anxiety.” This pattern is consistent with data suggesting that BDD patients feel an unusually high degree of stress in their lives.5 Crerand et al6 found that >60% of BDD patients had a lifetime history of an anxiety disorder.

Dr. T’s history highlights traits often observed in patients with BDD. As is common in men with BDD, he follows a rigorous exercise regimen.7 He also was a competitive athlete, and hypercompetitiveness has significant positive correlation with BDD symptoms.8 He is preoccupied with excessive body hair, which is more prevalent in men than in women with BDD.9 Dr. T’s work required a keen sense of aesthetics, and it has been observed that individuals with BDD have increased aesthetic sensitivity.10,11

Although many individuals with BDD struggle socially and financially, some BDD patients are successful and quite accomplished. In a study of 156 Pakistani medical students, 5.8% met criteria for BDD.12 In The broken mirror,13 BDD expert Dr. Katharine Phillips describes caring for many high-functioning health care professionals who suffer from BDD, yet “they provide their patients with superb care … many with this disorder are productive, some are very high achievers.”

EVALUATION: Bad scars

Dr. T has multiple surgical scars on his chest and abdomen (Photo), ecchymoses, and tenderness on palpation. His vital signs are within normal limits and he is otherwise medically healthy. Notable laboratory findings include elevated white blood cell count and platelets, and decreased hemoglobin.

A CT scan shows a large hematoma over the anterior abdominal wall extending toward the flanks with extensive subcutaneous emphysema. The peritoneum is intact. These findings raise the medical team’s concern about possible infection and vascular instability. The involuntary psychiatric hold for observation is continued after evaluation in the ED.


Photo Dr. T’s chest and abdomen during presentation to the ED
Note the asymmetry of the nipples and scarring from prior self-surgeries

The authors’ observations

There is a disconnect between Dr. T’s perception of his physical attributes and the treatment team’s observations. He perceives himself as marred by physical defects, while the treatment team sees him as a handsome and attractive person— excluding his scars from self-surgery.

Patients with BDD frequently are concerned about perceived physical defects that objective observers would consider slight or not noticeable. Three-quarters of individuals with BDD seek surgery or other medical treatment for their perceived physical flaws.4 Many patients minimize their BDD symptoms and their distress when talking with health care professionals.14 Approximately 20% of cosmetic surgery patients report ongoing psychiatric treatment at the time of surgery.15 Eighty-four percent of cosmetic surgeons state they have refused to operate on a patient because of BDD.16 However, it may be difficult for surgeons to distinguish a “perfectionist” from a patient with BDD.17 Even “positive” cosmetic surgery outcomes do not ameliorate BDD symptoms because most patients develop new areas of concern. In a small study of patients with minimal defects who requested cosmetic surgery, surgery did not reduce symptoms of BDD, disability, or psychiatric comorbidity in 6 out of 7 patients at 5-year follow up.18

Specialized medical equipment, such as surgical instruments and dermabrasion or laser hair removal devices, can be purchased on the Internet, which may increase the likelihood of individuals attempting procedures on themselves. Veale14 published a retrospective case series of patients who were turned down or unable to afford cosmetic surgery who performed self-surgery. These efforts did not lead to the desired effect, and patients continued to be plagued by their original concerns as well as self-inflicted scarring and damage.

Dr. T had the training and resources to perform cosmetic procedures on himself. Unfortunately, these efforts led to disfigurement. Phillips13 states that although self-surgery appears infrequently, it reflects the severe emotional pain and desperation felt by some patients with BDD. Self-surgery is associated with an increased rate of serious suicide attempts.14 Carefully monitor any BDD patient for suicidal ideation, intent, or plans.

TREATMENT: Refuses follow-up

Dr. T is admitted to the medical service and stabilized with IV fluids and antibiotics. The consultation-liaison service followed him during hospitalization. Because repeated interviews do not uncover grave disability or an imminent danger to himself or others, the involuntary psychiatric hold is discontinued. Dr. T declines psychiatric follow-up care, but says he would consider seeing a mental health professional in the future.

 

 

The authors’ observations

This case involves challenging ethical, legal, and countertransference issues. One of the first dilemmas the treatment team encountered was the decision to continue the involuntary hold for observation and assessment. The ED physician and psychiatric resident were faced with telling a fellow physician that he had to remain in the hospital despite his adamant desire to leave. Dr. T’s articulate arguments against staying in the hospital were addressed in order to deliver needed medical treatment. The psychiatric, surgical, and internal medicine teams discussed these countertransference concerns extensively during Dr. T’s hospitalization.

Clearly, Dr. T demonstrated poor judgment by operating on himself, and we aimed to ensure that he received appropriate psychiatric follow-up, but it could not be mandated. After intense and strongly debated ethical and legal discussions with the hospital’s ethicists and risk management team, we determined that we could not file a report with the state medical board because there was no evidence of incompetence, malpractice, or imminent risk to patients. A detailed description of these discussions is omitted from this article to preserve Dr. T’s confidentiality. However, Dr. T will have to disclose and explain the involuntary psychiatric hold on his next medical license renewal.

Our decision was influenced by Phillips,13 who found that although patients with BDD may have minimal insight into their illness, “their judgment remains intact in areas unrelated to their body image problem. Attention span and memory are well preserved, and physical and neurologic examinations are normal.” Although Dr. T meets criteria for BDD, mental illness in physicians is not synonymous with impairment.19

BDD treatment options


With medications and psychotherapy, patients with BDD generally have a good prognosis. A recent meta-analysis found that SSRIs and cognitive-behavioral therapy are effective treatments for BDD.20 In general, higher doses of SSRIs are needed to treat BDD compared with depression. Other medications with evidence of efficacy for BDD include the serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor venlafaxine21 and the anticonvulsant levetiracetam.22 However, clinicians often don’t have the opportunity to try these approaches because BDD patients are difficult to engage in treatment, as is evident in Dr. T’s case. Innovative approaches that combine practical and evidence-based strategies have been manualized.23 These approaches can help clinicians engage BDD patients in treatment and recognize underlying issues of distorted body image.

Related Resources

  • BDD Central. www.bddcentral.com.
  • Phillips KA. The broken mirror: understanding and treating body dysmorphic disorder. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2005.

Drug Brand Names

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Levetiracetam • Keppra
  • Propranolol • Inderal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor

Disclosure

Dr. Rapaport receives grant/research support from the National Institute of Mental Health and the National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine and is a consultant for Affectis Pharmaceuticals, Methylation Sciences, PAX Pharmaceuticals, and Johnson and Johnson Pharmaceuticals.

Drs. Rafin and Pimstone report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgement

The authors wish to thank Dr. Kristine Andrade for editorial assistance. We also wish to thank the Institutional Review Board at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center for its review and approval of this case report, and Dr. T for his consent to publish it.

References

1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

2. Phillips KA, Menard W, Fay C, et al. Demographic characteristics, phenomenology, comorbidity, and family history in 200 individuals with body dysmorphic disorder. Psychosomatics. 2005;46:317-325.

3. Phillips KA, McElroy SL, Keck PE, Jr, et al. A comparison of delusional and nondelusional body dysmorphic disorder in 100 cases. Psychopharmacol Bull. 1994;30:179-186.

4. Crerand CE, Franklin ME, Sarwer DB. Patient safety: body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2008;122(4S):1-15.

5. DeMarco LM, Li LC, Phillips KA, et al. Perceived stress in body dysmorphic disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1998;186(11):724-726.

6. Crerand CE, Franklin ME, Sarwer DB. Body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2006;118(7):167-180.

7. Phillips KA, Diaz SF. Gender differences in body dysmorphic disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1997;185(9):570-577.

8. Woodie DS, Fromuth ME. The relationship of hypercompetitiveness and gender roles with body dysmorphic disorder symptoms in a nonclinical sample. Body Image. 2009;6(4):318-321.

9. Perugi G, Akiskal HS, Giannotti D, et al. Gender-related differences in body dysmorphic disorder (dysmorphophobia). J Nerv Ment Dis. 1997;185(9):578-582.

10. Veale D, Ennis M, Lambrou C. Possible association of body dysmorphic disorder with an occupation or education in art and design. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(10):1788-1790.

11. Phillips KA, Menard W. Body dysmorphic disorder and art background. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161:927-928.

12. Ather MT, Mehrine S, Saqib GA, et al. Body dysmorphic disorder: gender differences and prevalence in a Pakistani medical student population. BMC Psychiatry. 2008;8:20.

13. Phillips KA. The broken mirror: understanding and treating body dysmorphic disorder. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2005.

14. Veale D. Outcome of cosmetic surgery and ‘DIY’ surgery in patients with body dysmorphic disorder. Psychiatric Bulletin. 2000;24:218-220.

15. Sarwer DB, Zanville HA, LaRossa D, et al. Mental health histories and psychiatric medication usage among persons who sought cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2004;114:1927-1933.

16. Sarwer DB. Awareness and identification of body dysmorphic disorder by aesthetic surgeons: results of a survey of American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery members. Aesthet Surg J. 2002;22:531-535.

17. Glaser DA, Kaminer MS. Body dysmorphic disorder and the liposuction patient. Dermatol Surg. 2005;31(5):559-560.

18. Tignol J, Biraben-Gotzamanis L, Martin-Guehl C, et al. Body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery: evolution of 24 subjects with a minimal defect in appearance 5 years after their request for cosmetic surgery. Eur Psychiatry. 2007;22(8):520-524.

19. Myers MF. The psychiatrist’s role in the management of impaired colleagues. Directions in Psychiatry. 1995;15:1-8.

20. Ipser JC, Sander C, Stein DJ. Pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy for body dysmorphic disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(1):CD005332.

21. Allen A, Hadley SJ, Kaplan A, et al. An open-label trial of venlafaxine in body dysmorphic disorder. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(2):138-144.

22. Phillips KA, Menard W. A prospective pilot study of levetiracetam for body dysmorphic disorder. CNS Spectr. 2009;14(5):252-260.

23. Veale D, Neziroglu F. Body dysmorphic disorder: a treatment manual. West Sussex, United Kingdom: Wiley-Blackwell; 2010.

References

1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

2. Phillips KA, Menard W, Fay C, et al. Demographic characteristics, phenomenology, comorbidity, and family history in 200 individuals with body dysmorphic disorder. Psychosomatics. 2005;46:317-325.

3. Phillips KA, McElroy SL, Keck PE, Jr, et al. A comparison of delusional and nondelusional body dysmorphic disorder in 100 cases. Psychopharmacol Bull. 1994;30:179-186.

4. Crerand CE, Franklin ME, Sarwer DB. Patient safety: body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2008;122(4S):1-15.

5. DeMarco LM, Li LC, Phillips KA, et al. Perceived stress in body dysmorphic disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1998;186(11):724-726.

6. Crerand CE, Franklin ME, Sarwer DB. Body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2006;118(7):167-180.

7. Phillips KA, Diaz SF. Gender differences in body dysmorphic disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis. 1997;185(9):570-577.

8. Woodie DS, Fromuth ME. The relationship of hypercompetitiveness and gender roles with body dysmorphic disorder symptoms in a nonclinical sample. Body Image. 2009;6(4):318-321.

9. Perugi G, Akiskal HS, Giannotti D, et al. Gender-related differences in body dysmorphic disorder (dysmorphophobia). J Nerv Ment Dis. 1997;185(9):578-582.

10. Veale D, Ennis M, Lambrou C. Possible association of body dysmorphic disorder with an occupation or education in art and design. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(10):1788-1790.

11. Phillips KA, Menard W. Body dysmorphic disorder and art background. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161:927-928.

12. Ather MT, Mehrine S, Saqib GA, et al. Body dysmorphic disorder: gender differences and prevalence in a Pakistani medical student population. BMC Psychiatry. 2008;8:20.

13. Phillips KA. The broken mirror: understanding and treating body dysmorphic disorder. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2005.

14. Veale D. Outcome of cosmetic surgery and ‘DIY’ surgery in patients with body dysmorphic disorder. Psychiatric Bulletin. 2000;24:218-220.

15. Sarwer DB, Zanville HA, LaRossa D, et al. Mental health histories and psychiatric medication usage among persons who sought cosmetic surgery. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2004;114:1927-1933.

16. Sarwer DB. Awareness and identification of body dysmorphic disorder by aesthetic surgeons: results of a survey of American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery members. Aesthet Surg J. 2002;22:531-535.

17. Glaser DA, Kaminer MS. Body dysmorphic disorder and the liposuction patient. Dermatol Surg. 2005;31(5):559-560.

18. Tignol J, Biraben-Gotzamanis L, Martin-Guehl C, et al. Body dysmorphic disorder and cosmetic surgery: evolution of 24 subjects with a minimal defect in appearance 5 years after their request for cosmetic surgery. Eur Psychiatry. 2007;22(8):520-524.

19. Myers MF. The psychiatrist’s role in the management of impaired colleagues. Directions in Psychiatry. 1995;15:1-8.

20. Ipser JC, Sander C, Stein DJ. Pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy for body dysmorphic disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(1):CD005332.

21. Allen A, Hadley SJ, Kaplan A, et al. An open-label trial of venlafaxine in body dysmorphic disorder. CNS Spectr. 2008;13(2):138-144.

22. Phillips KA, Menard W. A prospective pilot study of levetiracetam for body dysmorphic disorder. CNS Spectr. 2009;14(5):252-260.

23. Veale D, Neziroglu F. Body dysmorphic disorder: a treatment manual. West Sussex, United Kingdom: Wiley-Blackwell; 2010.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Page Number
53-58
Page Number
53-58
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
The surgeon who operated on himself
Display Headline
The surgeon who operated on himself
Legacy Keywords
body dysmorphic disorder;delusional disorder; situational anxiety; Rafin; Pimstone; Rapaport
Legacy Keywords
body dysmorphic disorder;delusional disorder; situational anxiety; Rafin; Pimstone; Rapaport
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Breaking the box

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 14:25
Display Headline
Breaking the box

I agree with Dr. Henry A. Nasrallah’s commentary, “Are some nonpsychotic psychiatric disorders actually psychotic?” (From the Editor, Current Psychiatry, November 2010, p. 16-19), but I believe the issue is bigger than he states. Let’s start with the fact that psychiatry mostly operates with diagnoses that do not have any tangible biologic underpinning and remain phenomenological descriptions. No one in general medicine would accept a diagnosis of headache or nausea, but we are quite comfortable with anxiety disorder, not otherwise specified (NOS) or intermittent explosive disorder. The list could go on.

Psychiatry is not considered a true medical discipline and we are paying the price. The “old school” of clinical psychiatry operated within a dichotomy of major categories—neurosis or psychosis—and the latter one recognized only 3 diagnostic entities: schizophrenia, manic-depressive disease, and organic disorder. It was a medical classification based on the putative biologic underpinnings of the disease, as in other medical specialties. Since then our psychiatric language became inundated with multiple NOS and descriptive labels in lieu of medical diagnoses.

True, in psychiatry we cannot use ultrasound to diagnose schizoaffective disorder, and we have to use the same method of careful medical interview and history-taking as did many generations of psychiatrists before us. We lack objectivity of the diagnosis but still—hopefully—possess our mental capacity and ability to analyze data and use our clinical experience. We are making some headway in using medical tests such as genetic testing or MRI, but they remain supplemental to our clinical thinking. The analytical part of a psychiatric brain does not seem to be too much in demand or relied upon. DSM classification gives us many choices to pick a label for the occasion regardless of the essence of the disease. The Texas Medication Algorithm Project is supposed to help streamline treatment modules, but it also eliminates the need to think because the perfect recipe is ready at every step. If patients are not getting better—oh well—we followed the protocol.

About Dr. Nasrallah’s article: how much could traditionally non-psychotic conditions be psychotic? We know that multiple neurotransmitters in the brain are engaged in psychiatric diseases. We do not know all of them and have only a partial understanding of their role in pathogenesis, but any psychiatric condition has a list of usual participants—neurotransmitters. Imagine a piano keyboard where one can play a popular song or jazz or Bach using the same keys, depending on the taste and skills of the performer. Our brain probably has the same “keyboard” of neurotransmitters playing different tunes.

The diagnosis of treatment-resistant depression—recently so fashionable and investigated—does not make clinical sense, but responds well to olanzapine and other second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), which the bravest of us use off-label. Before the SGA era we used haloperidol intravenous drip to treat “resistant depression” and it helped! But before we hooked our patients to a bolus of haloperidol, we talked about the clinical diagnosis and at least tried to outline what we were attempting to treat. Sadly, the art of clinical interview and refining analysis is steadily moving toward extinction.

Our residents are brought up on a combination of traffic rules and basic cookbooks—not even gourmet ones—learning how to use a cookie cutter for any occasion. Residents are taught how to fit patients into a familiar pattern, not how to see in what ways patients are different. During my supervision with recent graduates I heard questions that follow the pattern they were taught—finding the correct and quick recipe and mold by association, not by analysis.

I would to thank Dr. Nasrallah for breaking the box psychiatry was corralled to and provoking our peers to think rather than live in the one-dimensional world of a cookbook.

Irene Abramovich, MD, PhD
Private Practice
New York, NY

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
59-59
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

Article PDF
Article PDF

I agree with Dr. Henry A. Nasrallah’s commentary, “Are some nonpsychotic psychiatric disorders actually psychotic?” (From the Editor, Current Psychiatry, November 2010, p. 16-19), but I believe the issue is bigger than he states. Let’s start with the fact that psychiatry mostly operates with diagnoses that do not have any tangible biologic underpinning and remain phenomenological descriptions. No one in general medicine would accept a diagnosis of headache or nausea, but we are quite comfortable with anxiety disorder, not otherwise specified (NOS) or intermittent explosive disorder. The list could go on.

Psychiatry is not considered a true medical discipline and we are paying the price. The “old school” of clinical psychiatry operated within a dichotomy of major categories—neurosis or psychosis—and the latter one recognized only 3 diagnostic entities: schizophrenia, manic-depressive disease, and organic disorder. It was a medical classification based on the putative biologic underpinnings of the disease, as in other medical specialties. Since then our psychiatric language became inundated with multiple NOS and descriptive labels in lieu of medical diagnoses.

True, in psychiatry we cannot use ultrasound to diagnose schizoaffective disorder, and we have to use the same method of careful medical interview and history-taking as did many generations of psychiatrists before us. We lack objectivity of the diagnosis but still—hopefully—possess our mental capacity and ability to analyze data and use our clinical experience. We are making some headway in using medical tests such as genetic testing or MRI, but they remain supplemental to our clinical thinking. The analytical part of a psychiatric brain does not seem to be too much in demand or relied upon. DSM classification gives us many choices to pick a label for the occasion regardless of the essence of the disease. The Texas Medication Algorithm Project is supposed to help streamline treatment modules, but it also eliminates the need to think because the perfect recipe is ready at every step. If patients are not getting better—oh well—we followed the protocol.

About Dr. Nasrallah’s article: how much could traditionally non-psychotic conditions be psychotic? We know that multiple neurotransmitters in the brain are engaged in psychiatric diseases. We do not know all of them and have only a partial understanding of their role in pathogenesis, but any psychiatric condition has a list of usual participants—neurotransmitters. Imagine a piano keyboard where one can play a popular song or jazz or Bach using the same keys, depending on the taste and skills of the performer. Our brain probably has the same “keyboard” of neurotransmitters playing different tunes.

The diagnosis of treatment-resistant depression—recently so fashionable and investigated—does not make clinical sense, but responds well to olanzapine and other second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), which the bravest of us use off-label. Before the SGA era we used haloperidol intravenous drip to treat “resistant depression” and it helped! But before we hooked our patients to a bolus of haloperidol, we talked about the clinical diagnosis and at least tried to outline what we were attempting to treat. Sadly, the art of clinical interview and refining analysis is steadily moving toward extinction.

Our residents are brought up on a combination of traffic rules and basic cookbooks—not even gourmet ones—learning how to use a cookie cutter for any occasion. Residents are taught how to fit patients into a familiar pattern, not how to see in what ways patients are different. During my supervision with recent graduates I heard questions that follow the pattern they were taught—finding the correct and quick recipe and mold by association, not by analysis.

I would to thank Dr. Nasrallah for breaking the box psychiatry was corralled to and provoking our peers to think rather than live in the one-dimensional world of a cookbook.

Irene Abramovich, MD, PhD
Private Practice
New York, NY

I agree with Dr. Henry A. Nasrallah’s commentary, “Are some nonpsychotic psychiatric disorders actually psychotic?” (From the Editor, Current Psychiatry, November 2010, p. 16-19), but I believe the issue is bigger than he states. Let’s start with the fact that psychiatry mostly operates with diagnoses that do not have any tangible biologic underpinning and remain phenomenological descriptions. No one in general medicine would accept a diagnosis of headache or nausea, but we are quite comfortable with anxiety disorder, not otherwise specified (NOS) or intermittent explosive disorder. The list could go on.

Psychiatry is not considered a true medical discipline and we are paying the price. The “old school” of clinical psychiatry operated within a dichotomy of major categories—neurosis or psychosis—and the latter one recognized only 3 diagnostic entities: schizophrenia, manic-depressive disease, and organic disorder. It was a medical classification based on the putative biologic underpinnings of the disease, as in other medical specialties. Since then our psychiatric language became inundated with multiple NOS and descriptive labels in lieu of medical diagnoses.

True, in psychiatry we cannot use ultrasound to diagnose schizoaffective disorder, and we have to use the same method of careful medical interview and history-taking as did many generations of psychiatrists before us. We lack objectivity of the diagnosis but still—hopefully—possess our mental capacity and ability to analyze data and use our clinical experience. We are making some headway in using medical tests such as genetic testing or MRI, but they remain supplemental to our clinical thinking. The analytical part of a psychiatric brain does not seem to be too much in demand or relied upon. DSM classification gives us many choices to pick a label for the occasion regardless of the essence of the disease. The Texas Medication Algorithm Project is supposed to help streamline treatment modules, but it also eliminates the need to think because the perfect recipe is ready at every step. If patients are not getting better—oh well—we followed the protocol.

About Dr. Nasrallah’s article: how much could traditionally non-psychotic conditions be psychotic? We know that multiple neurotransmitters in the brain are engaged in psychiatric diseases. We do not know all of them and have only a partial understanding of their role in pathogenesis, but any psychiatric condition has a list of usual participants—neurotransmitters. Imagine a piano keyboard where one can play a popular song or jazz or Bach using the same keys, depending on the taste and skills of the performer. Our brain probably has the same “keyboard” of neurotransmitters playing different tunes.

The diagnosis of treatment-resistant depression—recently so fashionable and investigated—does not make clinical sense, but responds well to olanzapine and other second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), which the bravest of us use off-label. Before the SGA era we used haloperidol intravenous drip to treat “resistant depression” and it helped! But before we hooked our patients to a bolus of haloperidol, we talked about the clinical diagnosis and at least tried to outline what we were attempting to treat. Sadly, the art of clinical interview and refining analysis is steadily moving toward extinction.

Our residents are brought up on a combination of traffic rules and basic cookbooks—not even gourmet ones—learning how to use a cookie cutter for any occasion. Residents are taught how to fit patients into a familiar pattern, not how to see in what ways patients are different. During my supervision with recent graduates I heard questions that follow the pattern they were taught—finding the correct and quick recipe and mold by association, not by analysis.

I would to thank Dr. Nasrallah for breaking the box psychiatry was corralled to and provoking our peers to think rather than live in the one-dimensional world of a cookbook.

Irene Abramovich, MD, PhD
Private Practice
New York, NY

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Page Number
59-59
Page Number
59-59
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Breaking the box
Display Headline
Breaking the box
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:36
Display Headline
Dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect

In October 2010, the FDA approved a combination of dextromethorphan (DM) and quinidine for the treatment of pseudobulbar affect (PBA)—also called pathological laughing and crying, affective lability, emotional dyscontrol, emotional incontinence, and involuntary emotional expression disorder—in patients with neurologic disorders and brain injuries (Table). Despite receiving an approvable letter in 2006, the compound was not approved at that time because of concerns about the arrhythmogenic potential of quinidine, which prolongs the QT interval. The manufacturer conducted another study using one-third of the previous quinidine dose, which ameliorated this concern and led to approval.

Clinical implications

PBA is manifested by involuntary labile, shallow affect with sudden and unpredictable laughing, crying, or other emotional displays that are not appropriate to the social setting and may not be congruent with the patient’s prevailing mood.1 Episodes are often paroxysmal and cannot be interrupted voluntarily.2 PBA seems to be caused by a loss of descending cortical control of brainstem motor nuclei and possibly the cerebellum, disrupting inhibitory mechanisms and resulting in inappropriate and involuntary emotional display.3 Several studies have demonstrated involvement of subcortical areas, particularly the anterior limb of the internal capsule and the bulbar area. The patho-physiology of PBA may involve excessive release of glutamate by injured neurons, disrupting systems for motor control of emotional expression.4,5

Table

Dextromethorphan/quinidine: Fast facts

 

Brand name: Nuedexta
Indication: Pseudobulbar affect
Approval date: October 29, 2010
Availability date: First quarter of 2011
Manufacturer: Avanir
Dosage forms: Dextromethorphan, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg
Starting dose: 1 capsule per day
Target dose: 2 capsules per day

PBA is most common in diseases that interfere bilaterally with the corticohypothalamic and corticobulbar tracts that control voluntary and involuntary faciorespiratory mechanisms. However, PBA occurs in unilateral disease as well. The reported prevalence of PBA is:

 

  • 49% in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS)
  • 18% to 39% in Alzheimer’s disease
  • 11% to 34% in stroke
  • 10% to 11% in multiple sclerosis (MS) and traumatic brain injury.6,7

PBA also has been reported in patients with Parkinson’s disease, brain tumors, Wilson’s disease, syphilitic pseudobulbar palsy, and various encephalitides.1 An estimated 880,000 U.S. patients exhibit PBA.8

Previously, there was no FDA-approved treatment for PBA. However, small controlled trials suggest that selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs)— usually in doses lower than those used to treat depression—may effectively reduce symptoms within 2 to 3 days.1 Although dopaminergic agents such as levodopa and amantadine have shown benefit in open trials, results of controlled studies using objective measurements have not been positive.

How it works

DM is a serotonergic substance that also is an agonist of 1-sigma receptors and a low-affinity, uncompetitive antagonist of N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptors, which are important in glutamate signaling, through binding at the phencyclidine site on the NMDA complex.7,9 The 1-sigma receptor was thought to be an opioid receptor subtype, but unlike opioid receptors it is not blocked by narcotic antagonists and does not have an endogenous ligand. However, the 1-sigma receptor does modulate activity of opioid mu receptors in addition to altering dopamine release and possibly reducing glutamate release.9 Sigma receptors are densely distributed in the limbic system and in systems related to motor control of affective expression and seem to be involved in learning, responses to stress, mood regulation, and drug dependence.1 Because DM preferentially binds to brain regions that regulate emotional expression,10 it could normalize glutaminergic neurotransmission and other relevant systems in these regions.1 However, DM’s exact mechanism of action is unknown.

 

Quinidine is a sodium channel antagonist usually used as a type Ia antiarrhythmic.5 DM is subject to extensive first-pass metabolism by cytochrome P (CYP) 450 2D6 to dextrorphan, which after being glucuronidated cannot cross the blood-brain barrier. In doses 10 to 25 times lower than those used to treat cardiac arrhythmias, quinidine inhibits 2D6 and increases DM bioavailability.10 DM blood levels increase linearly with dose following coadministration with quinidine but are undetectable in most patients given DM alone.7,9

Efficacy and tolerability

A combination of DM and quinidine (DMQ) reduced Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale (CNC-LS) scores and the number of daily PBA episodes in 3 randomized trials.5,7,10 Visit this article at CurrentPsychiatry.com for a table summarizing these studies.

An 85-day randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of 150 patients with PBA associated with MS found that DM, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 30 mg, (DMQ 30-30) was twice as effective as placebo within a week in reducing CNC-LS scores.10 DMQ 30-30 patients also had approximately half as many episodes of inappropriate laughing, crying, or combined laughing and crying and a 2-fold greater decrease in pain intensity.10 Twenty-one percent of DMQ 30-30 patients experienced complete remission—no PBA episodes—compared with 7% of placebo patients. There were no significant differences in QT prolongation between DMQ 30-30 and placebo.

 

 

A 3-arm, double-blind, 28-day, phase III multicenter trial of 140 ALS patients with PBA compared DM monotherapy, quinidine monotherapy, and DMQ 30-30.5 Compared with either drug alone, DMQ 30-30 showed greater reduction of CNC-LS scores, as well as improved quality of life and quality of relationships scores, with equal benefit in poor and extensive DM metabolizers. However, the control conditions may not have been adequate. Quinidine alone would not be expected to have an effect on PBA, and the DM dose, which was the same in combination and monotherapy, may have been too low to be effective by itself. In support of this hypothesis, the DM plasma level was 18 times higher in patients taking DMQ 30-30 than those taking DM monotherapy.

In a manufacturer-sponsored, multicenter, 12-week randomized trial, 326 patients with ALS or MS and clinically significant PBA were randomly assigned to DM, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg (DMQ 30-10), DM, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg (DMQ 20-10), or placebo, each administered twice daily.7 Patients with comorbid psychiatric disorders or significant depressive symptoms were excluded. Although daily PBA episodes decreased in all groups, the daily rate of PBA episodes was 47% lower for patients taking DMQ 30-10, and 49% lower with DMQ 20-10 compared with placebo (both P < .001). The mean decrease in the number of daily PBA episodes was 3.9 to 4.1 with active treatment and 3.0 with placebo. Side effects were more common with active drug than placebo and included dizziness, nausea, diarrhea, and urinary tract infection. There were no serious adverse cardiac events and no active drug recipients showed a QTc interval >480 msec or a change from baseline >60 msec.11 Discontinuation rates in this study were lower than in studies of DMQ 30-30. In an open-label extension of 253 patients who completed the double-blind phase and were assigned to DMQ 30-10 for 12 weeks, the incidence of treatment-related adverse events was 28%, with a 5.5% rate of serious adverse events.12

Safety

 

Because the 10 mg dose of quinidine in the approved formulation of DMQ is 10 times lower than the antiarrhythmic dose, substantial ECG changes and adverse cardiac effects with DMQ have not been reported. The most common side effects of DM are nausea, somnolence, dizziness, and headache. Thrombocytopenia, QT prolongation, hepatotoxicity, allergic reactions, and anticholinergic side effects can occur.

In high doses and combined with other substances, DM has been used as a recreational drug. When taken in high doses, adverse effects include nausea, vomiting, malaise, dilated pupils, difficulty urinating, increased urination frequency, fever, tachycardia, loss of appetite, shakiness, seizures, and potentially coma and death. DMQ may have a greater potential for serious adverse effects than DM alone because quinidine increases DM bioavailability and blood levels. The abuse potential of DMQ is not clear.

Psychosis has been reported with higher DM doses. The psychotomimetic effects of phencyclidine (PCP) are related to binding to the PCP site on the NMDA receptor complex—to which DM also binds—with reduced glutamate signaling in information processing systems. Therefore, caution is indicated when prescribing DM to patients with psychosis.

 

Because DM, a CYP2D6 substrate, is combined with quinidine, a 2D6 inhibitor, administering DMQ with other 2D6 inhibitors could lead to toxicity. When DMQ is combined with SSRIs and similar agents, the serotonergic properties of DM could result in serotonin syndrome, which could be fatal if DM is combined with monoamine oxidase inhibitors.10 Combinations of DM and acetaminophen and antihistamines can be dangerous at higher doses.10 Because quinidine is metabolized by CYP3A, inhibitors of this enzyme such as ketoconazole, nefazodone, and grapefruit juice should be avoided. Similarly, inhibition of CYP2D6 by quinidine could raise levels of coadministered 2D6 substrates.

Contraindications. DMQ is contraindicated in patients with:

 

  • heart failure
  • prolonged QT interval
  • congenital long QT interval
  • history of torsades de pointes
  • complete atrioventricular (AV) block without implanted pacemakers.13

DMQ also is contraindicated in patients at high risk for complete AV block.13

Dosing

DMQ is available as a capsule containing DM, 20 mg, and quinidine, 10 mg. The recommended starting dose is 1 capsule by mouth for 7 days, then 1 capsule every 12 hours.

Although DMQ is convenient, its advantage over starting with DM alone and adding a small dose of a non-serotonergic 2D6 inhibitor if DM is not effective remains to be demonstrated. In view of the unknown potential for abuse and toxicity as well as the cost of the proprietary drug ($3,000 to $5,000 a year), it would seem prudent to consider using an SSRI or a TCA first.8 These medications also act on 1-sigma receptors,14,15 which may account in part for their reported benefit.

 

 

Related Resource

 

  • Neudexta [package insert]. Aliso Viejo, CA: Avanir Pharmaceuticals; 2010.

Drug Brand Names

 

  • Amantadine • Symmetrel
  • Dextromethorphan/quinidine •Nefazodone
  • Ketoconazole • Nizoral
  • Levodopa • Sinemet
  • Neudexta • Serzone
  • Quinidine • Quinidex

Disclosures

Dr. Dubovsky receives research support from Biogen Idec, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma, Otsuka, the Peter and Elizabeth C. Tower Foundation, and Pfizer, Inc.

Dr. Tan reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Table 2

Dextromethorphan/quinidine for PBA: Evidence shows efficacy

 

StudyPatientsDosagesResults
Panitch et al, 200610; 85-day, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled150 MS patients with PBADMQ 30-30 or placebo, given twice a dayDMQ 30-30 was associated with greater reductions in CNC-LS scores, fewer PBA episodes, improvement in QOL and QOR, and decrease in pain intensity
Pope, 20065; 3-arm, double-blind, 28-day phase III multicenter trial140 ALS patients with PBADMQ 30-30, DM, 30 mg, or quinidine, 30 mg, given twice dailyDMQ 30-30 was associated with greater decreases in CNC-LS scores and number of laughing and crying episodes and improvements in QOL and QOR compared with DM or quinidine alone
Pioro et al, 20107; 12-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial326 ALS and MS patients with clinically significant PBADMQ 30-10, DMQ 20-10, or placebo, given twice dailyCNC-LS scores decreased in all groups but the daily rate of PBA episodes was 47% lower for DMQ 30-10 and 49% lower for DMQ 20-10 compared with placebo
ALS: amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; CNC-LS: Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale; DM: dextromethorphan; DMQ 20-10: dextromethorphan, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg; DMQ 30-10: dextromethorphan, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg; DMQ 30-30: dextromethorphan, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 30 mg; MS: multiple sclerosis; PBA: pseudobulbar affect; QOL: quality of life; QOR: quality of relationships
References

 

1. Schiffer R, Pope LE. Review of pseudobulbar affect including a novel and potential therapy. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2005;17:447-454.

2. Rosen HJ, Cummings J. A real reason for patients with pseudobulbar affect to smile. Ann Neurol. 2007;61:92-96.

3. Miller A. Pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis: toward the development of innovative therapeutic strategies. J Neurol Sci. 2006;245:153-159.

4. Mattson MP. Excitotoxic and excitoprotective mechanisms: abundant targets for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative disorders. Neuromolecular Med. 2003;3:65-94.

5. Pope LE. AVP-923 as a novel treatment for pseudobulbar affect in ALS. Progress in Neurotherapeutics and Neuropsychopharmacology. 2006;1:91-104.

6. Arciniegas DB. A clinical overview of pseudobulbar affect. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother. 2005;3(suppl A):4-8.

7. Pioro EP, Brooks BR, Cummings J, et al. Dextromethorphan plus ultra low-dose quinidine reduces pseudobulbar affect. Ann Neurol. 2010;68:693-702.

8. Johnston SC, Hauser SL. Marketing and drug costs: who is laughing and crying? Ann Neurol. 2007;61:11A-12A.

9. Brooks BR, Thisted RA, Appel SH, et al and. the AVP-923 ALS Study Group. Treatment of pseudobulbar affect with dextromethorphan/quinidine: a randomized trial. Neurology. 2004;63:1364-1370.

10. Panitch HS, Thisted RA, Smith RA, et al. and the Psuedobulbar Affect in Multiple Sclerosis Study Group. Randomized, controlled trial of dextromethorphan/ quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis. Ann Neurol. 2006;59:780-787.

11. Kaye R, Pratt C. Summary of cardiac safety from a randomized, placebo-controlled, trial of dextromethorphan/ quinidine (STAR) for treatment of pseudobulbar affect. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Neurology; April 15, 2010; Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

12. Pioro EP, Brooks BR, Cummings J, et al. Safety and tolerability of dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in a 12-week, open-label extension study. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Neurology; April 15, 2010; Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

13. Neudexta [package insert]. Aliso Viejo, CA: Avanir Pharmaceuticals; 2010.

14. Narita N, Hashimoto K, Tomitaka S, et al. Interactions of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors with subtypes of sigma receptors in rat brain. Eur J Pharmacol. 1996;307(1):117-119.

15. Dhir A, Kulkarni SK. Involvement of sigma-1 receptor modulation in the antidepressant action of venlafaxine. Neurosci Lett. 2007;420(3):204-208.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Alfonso Tan III, MD
Dr. Tan is Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY.
Steven L Dubovsky, MD
Dr. Dubovsky is Professor and Chair, Department of Psychiatry, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY, and Adjoint Professor of Psychiatry and Medicine, University of Colorado, Denver, CO.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Page Number
60-67
Legacy Keywords
dextromethorphan; DM; quinidine; pseudobulbar affect; PBA; pathological laughing;pathological crying; Dubovsky; Tan
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Alfonso Tan III, MD
Dr. Tan is Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY.
Steven L Dubovsky, MD
Dr. Dubovsky is Professor and Chair, Department of Psychiatry, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY, and Adjoint Professor of Psychiatry and Medicine, University of Colorado, Denver, CO.

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Alfonso Tan III, MD
Dr. Tan is Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY.
Steven L Dubovsky, MD
Dr. Dubovsky is Professor and Chair, Department of Psychiatry, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY, and Adjoint Professor of Psychiatry and Medicine, University of Colorado, Denver, CO.

Article PDF
Article PDF

In October 2010, the FDA approved a combination of dextromethorphan (DM) and quinidine for the treatment of pseudobulbar affect (PBA)—also called pathological laughing and crying, affective lability, emotional dyscontrol, emotional incontinence, and involuntary emotional expression disorder—in patients with neurologic disorders and brain injuries (Table). Despite receiving an approvable letter in 2006, the compound was not approved at that time because of concerns about the arrhythmogenic potential of quinidine, which prolongs the QT interval. The manufacturer conducted another study using one-third of the previous quinidine dose, which ameliorated this concern and led to approval.

Clinical implications

PBA is manifested by involuntary labile, shallow affect with sudden and unpredictable laughing, crying, or other emotional displays that are not appropriate to the social setting and may not be congruent with the patient’s prevailing mood.1 Episodes are often paroxysmal and cannot be interrupted voluntarily.2 PBA seems to be caused by a loss of descending cortical control of brainstem motor nuclei and possibly the cerebellum, disrupting inhibitory mechanisms and resulting in inappropriate and involuntary emotional display.3 Several studies have demonstrated involvement of subcortical areas, particularly the anterior limb of the internal capsule and the bulbar area. The patho-physiology of PBA may involve excessive release of glutamate by injured neurons, disrupting systems for motor control of emotional expression.4,5

Table

Dextromethorphan/quinidine: Fast facts

 

Brand name: Nuedexta
Indication: Pseudobulbar affect
Approval date: October 29, 2010
Availability date: First quarter of 2011
Manufacturer: Avanir
Dosage forms: Dextromethorphan, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg
Starting dose: 1 capsule per day
Target dose: 2 capsules per day

PBA is most common in diseases that interfere bilaterally with the corticohypothalamic and corticobulbar tracts that control voluntary and involuntary faciorespiratory mechanisms. However, PBA occurs in unilateral disease as well. The reported prevalence of PBA is:

 

  • 49% in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS)
  • 18% to 39% in Alzheimer’s disease
  • 11% to 34% in stroke
  • 10% to 11% in multiple sclerosis (MS) and traumatic brain injury.6,7

PBA also has been reported in patients with Parkinson’s disease, brain tumors, Wilson’s disease, syphilitic pseudobulbar palsy, and various encephalitides.1 An estimated 880,000 U.S. patients exhibit PBA.8

Previously, there was no FDA-approved treatment for PBA. However, small controlled trials suggest that selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs)— usually in doses lower than those used to treat depression—may effectively reduce symptoms within 2 to 3 days.1 Although dopaminergic agents such as levodopa and amantadine have shown benefit in open trials, results of controlled studies using objective measurements have not been positive.

How it works

DM is a serotonergic substance that also is an agonist of 1-sigma receptors and a low-affinity, uncompetitive antagonist of N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptors, which are important in glutamate signaling, through binding at the phencyclidine site on the NMDA complex.7,9 The 1-sigma receptor was thought to be an opioid receptor subtype, but unlike opioid receptors it is not blocked by narcotic antagonists and does not have an endogenous ligand. However, the 1-sigma receptor does modulate activity of opioid mu receptors in addition to altering dopamine release and possibly reducing glutamate release.9 Sigma receptors are densely distributed in the limbic system and in systems related to motor control of affective expression and seem to be involved in learning, responses to stress, mood regulation, and drug dependence.1 Because DM preferentially binds to brain regions that regulate emotional expression,10 it could normalize glutaminergic neurotransmission and other relevant systems in these regions.1 However, DM’s exact mechanism of action is unknown.

 

Quinidine is a sodium channel antagonist usually used as a type Ia antiarrhythmic.5 DM is subject to extensive first-pass metabolism by cytochrome P (CYP) 450 2D6 to dextrorphan, which after being glucuronidated cannot cross the blood-brain barrier. In doses 10 to 25 times lower than those used to treat cardiac arrhythmias, quinidine inhibits 2D6 and increases DM bioavailability.10 DM blood levels increase linearly with dose following coadministration with quinidine but are undetectable in most patients given DM alone.7,9

Efficacy and tolerability

A combination of DM and quinidine (DMQ) reduced Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale (CNC-LS) scores and the number of daily PBA episodes in 3 randomized trials.5,7,10 Visit this article at CurrentPsychiatry.com for a table summarizing these studies.

An 85-day randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of 150 patients with PBA associated with MS found that DM, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 30 mg, (DMQ 30-30) was twice as effective as placebo within a week in reducing CNC-LS scores.10 DMQ 30-30 patients also had approximately half as many episodes of inappropriate laughing, crying, or combined laughing and crying and a 2-fold greater decrease in pain intensity.10 Twenty-one percent of DMQ 30-30 patients experienced complete remission—no PBA episodes—compared with 7% of placebo patients. There were no significant differences in QT prolongation between DMQ 30-30 and placebo.

 

 

A 3-arm, double-blind, 28-day, phase III multicenter trial of 140 ALS patients with PBA compared DM monotherapy, quinidine monotherapy, and DMQ 30-30.5 Compared with either drug alone, DMQ 30-30 showed greater reduction of CNC-LS scores, as well as improved quality of life and quality of relationships scores, with equal benefit in poor and extensive DM metabolizers. However, the control conditions may not have been adequate. Quinidine alone would not be expected to have an effect on PBA, and the DM dose, which was the same in combination and monotherapy, may have been too low to be effective by itself. In support of this hypothesis, the DM plasma level was 18 times higher in patients taking DMQ 30-30 than those taking DM monotherapy.

In a manufacturer-sponsored, multicenter, 12-week randomized trial, 326 patients with ALS or MS and clinically significant PBA were randomly assigned to DM, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg (DMQ 30-10), DM, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg (DMQ 20-10), or placebo, each administered twice daily.7 Patients with comorbid psychiatric disorders or significant depressive symptoms were excluded. Although daily PBA episodes decreased in all groups, the daily rate of PBA episodes was 47% lower for patients taking DMQ 30-10, and 49% lower with DMQ 20-10 compared with placebo (both P < .001). The mean decrease in the number of daily PBA episodes was 3.9 to 4.1 with active treatment and 3.0 with placebo. Side effects were more common with active drug than placebo and included dizziness, nausea, diarrhea, and urinary tract infection. There were no serious adverse cardiac events and no active drug recipients showed a QTc interval >480 msec or a change from baseline >60 msec.11 Discontinuation rates in this study were lower than in studies of DMQ 30-30. In an open-label extension of 253 patients who completed the double-blind phase and were assigned to DMQ 30-10 for 12 weeks, the incidence of treatment-related adverse events was 28%, with a 5.5% rate of serious adverse events.12

Safety

 

Because the 10 mg dose of quinidine in the approved formulation of DMQ is 10 times lower than the antiarrhythmic dose, substantial ECG changes and adverse cardiac effects with DMQ have not been reported. The most common side effects of DM are nausea, somnolence, dizziness, and headache. Thrombocytopenia, QT prolongation, hepatotoxicity, allergic reactions, and anticholinergic side effects can occur.

In high doses and combined with other substances, DM has been used as a recreational drug. When taken in high doses, adverse effects include nausea, vomiting, malaise, dilated pupils, difficulty urinating, increased urination frequency, fever, tachycardia, loss of appetite, shakiness, seizures, and potentially coma and death. DMQ may have a greater potential for serious adverse effects than DM alone because quinidine increases DM bioavailability and blood levels. The abuse potential of DMQ is not clear.

Psychosis has been reported with higher DM doses. The psychotomimetic effects of phencyclidine (PCP) are related to binding to the PCP site on the NMDA receptor complex—to which DM also binds—with reduced glutamate signaling in information processing systems. Therefore, caution is indicated when prescribing DM to patients with psychosis.

 

Because DM, a CYP2D6 substrate, is combined with quinidine, a 2D6 inhibitor, administering DMQ with other 2D6 inhibitors could lead to toxicity. When DMQ is combined with SSRIs and similar agents, the serotonergic properties of DM could result in serotonin syndrome, which could be fatal if DM is combined with monoamine oxidase inhibitors.10 Combinations of DM and acetaminophen and antihistamines can be dangerous at higher doses.10 Because quinidine is metabolized by CYP3A, inhibitors of this enzyme such as ketoconazole, nefazodone, and grapefruit juice should be avoided. Similarly, inhibition of CYP2D6 by quinidine could raise levels of coadministered 2D6 substrates.

Contraindications. DMQ is contraindicated in patients with:

 

  • heart failure
  • prolonged QT interval
  • congenital long QT interval
  • history of torsades de pointes
  • complete atrioventricular (AV) block without implanted pacemakers.13

DMQ also is contraindicated in patients at high risk for complete AV block.13

Dosing

DMQ is available as a capsule containing DM, 20 mg, and quinidine, 10 mg. The recommended starting dose is 1 capsule by mouth for 7 days, then 1 capsule every 12 hours.

Although DMQ is convenient, its advantage over starting with DM alone and adding a small dose of a non-serotonergic 2D6 inhibitor if DM is not effective remains to be demonstrated. In view of the unknown potential for abuse and toxicity as well as the cost of the proprietary drug ($3,000 to $5,000 a year), it would seem prudent to consider using an SSRI or a TCA first.8 These medications also act on 1-sigma receptors,14,15 which may account in part for their reported benefit.

 

 

Related Resource

 

  • Neudexta [package insert]. Aliso Viejo, CA: Avanir Pharmaceuticals; 2010.

Drug Brand Names

 

  • Amantadine • Symmetrel
  • Dextromethorphan/quinidine •Nefazodone
  • Ketoconazole • Nizoral
  • Levodopa • Sinemet
  • Neudexta • Serzone
  • Quinidine • Quinidex

Disclosures

Dr. Dubovsky receives research support from Biogen Idec, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma, Otsuka, the Peter and Elizabeth C. Tower Foundation, and Pfizer, Inc.

Dr. Tan reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Table 2

Dextromethorphan/quinidine for PBA: Evidence shows efficacy

 

StudyPatientsDosagesResults
Panitch et al, 200610; 85-day, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled150 MS patients with PBADMQ 30-30 or placebo, given twice a dayDMQ 30-30 was associated with greater reductions in CNC-LS scores, fewer PBA episodes, improvement in QOL and QOR, and decrease in pain intensity
Pope, 20065; 3-arm, double-blind, 28-day phase III multicenter trial140 ALS patients with PBADMQ 30-30, DM, 30 mg, or quinidine, 30 mg, given twice dailyDMQ 30-30 was associated with greater decreases in CNC-LS scores and number of laughing and crying episodes and improvements in QOL and QOR compared with DM or quinidine alone
Pioro et al, 20107; 12-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial326 ALS and MS patients with clinically significant PBADMQ 30-10, DMQ 20-10, or placebo, given twice dailyCNC-LS scores decreased in all groups but the daily rate of PBA episodes was 47% lower for DMQ 30-10 and 49% lower for DMQ 20-10 compared with placebo
ALS: amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; CNC-LS: Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale; DM: dextromethorphan; DMQ 20-10: dextromethorphan, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg; DMQ 30-10: dextromethorphan, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg; DMQ 30-30: dextromethorphan, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 30 mg; MS: multiple sclerosis; PBA: pseudobulbar affect; QOL: quality of life; QOR: quality of relationships

In October 2010, the FDA approved a combination of dextromethorphan (DM) and quinidine for the treatment of pseudobulbar affect (PBA)—also called pathological laughing and crying, affective lability, emotional dyscontrol, emotional incontinence, and involuntary emotional expression disorder—in patients with neurologic disorders and brain injuries (Table). Despite receiving an approvable letter in 2006, the compound was not approved at that time because of concerns about the arrhythmogenic potential of quinidine, which prolongs the QT interval. The manufacturer conducted another study using one-third of the previous quinidine dose, which ameliorated this concern and led to approval.

Clinical implications

PBA is manifested by involuntary labile, shallow affect with sudden and unpredictable laughing, crying, or other emotional displays that are not appropriate to the social setting and may not be congruent with the patient’s prevailing mood.1 Episodes are often paroxysmal and cannot be interrupted voluntarily.2 PBA seems to be caused by a loss of descending cortical control of brainstem motor nuclei and possibly the cerebellum, disrupting inhibitory mechanisms and resulting in inappropriate and involuntary emotional display.3 Several studies have demonstrated involvement of subcortical areas, particularly the anterior limb of the internal capsule and the bulbar area. The patho-physiology of PBA may involve excessive release of glutamate by injured neurons, disrupting systems for motor control of emotional expression.4,5

Table

Dextromethorphan/quinidine: Fast facts

 

Brand name: Nuedexta
Indication: Pseudobulbar affect
Approval date: October 29, 2010
Availability date: First quarter of 2011
Manufacturer: Avanir
Dosage forms: Dextromethorphan, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg
Starting dose: 1 capsule per day
Target dose: 2 capsules per day

PBA is most common in diseases that interfere bilaterally with the corticohypothalamic and corticobulbar tracts that control voluntary and involuntary faciorespiratory mechanisms. However, PBA occurs in unilateral disease as well. The reported prevalence of PBA is:

 

  • 49% in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS)
  • 18% to 39% in Alzheimer’s disease
  • 11% to 34% in stroke
  • 10% to 11% in multiple sclerosis (MS) and traumatic brain injury.6,7

PBA also has been reported in patients with Parkinson’s disease, brain tumors, Wilson’s disease, syphilitic pseudobulbar palsy, and various encephalitides.1 An estimated 880,000 U.S. patients exhibit PBA.8

Previously, there was no FDA-approved treatment for PBA. However, small controlled trials suggest that selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs)— usually in doses lower than those used to treat depression—may effectively reduce symptoms within 2 to 3 days.1 Although dopaminergic agents such as levodopa and amantadine have shown benefit in open trials, results of controlled studies using objective measurements have not been positive.

How it works

DM is a serotonergic substance that also is an agonist of 1-sigma receptors and a low-affinity, uncompetitive antagonist of N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptors, which are important in glutamate signaling, through binding at the phencyclidine site on the NMDA complex.7,9 The 1-sigma receptor was thought to be an opioid receptor subtype, but unlike opioid receptors it is not blocked by narcotic antagonists and does not have an endogenous ligand. However, the 1-sigma receptor does modulate activity of opioid mu receptors in addition to altering dopamine release and possibly reducing glutamate release.9 Sigma receptors are densely distributed in the limbic system and in systems related to motor control of affective expression and seem to be involved in learning, responses to stress, mood regulation, and drug dependence.1 Because DM preferentially binds to brain regions that regulate emotional expression,10 it could normalize glutaminergic neurotransmission and other relevant systems in these regions.1 However, DM’s exact mechanism of action is unknown.

 

Quinidine is a sodium channel antagonist usually used as a type Ia antiarrhythmic.5 DM is subject to extensive first-pass metabolism by cytochrome P (CYP) 450 2D6 to dextrorphan, which after being glucuronidated cannot cross the blood-brain barrier. In doses 10 to 25 times lower than those used to treat cardiac arrhythmias, quinidine inhibits 2D6 and increases DM bioavailability.10 DM blood levels increase linearly with dose following coadministration with quinidine but are undetectable in most patients given DM alone.7,9

Efficacy and tolerability

A combination of DM and quinidine (DMQ) reduced Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale (CNC-LS) scores and the number of daily PBA episodes in 3 randomized trials.5,7,10 Visit this article at CurrentPsychiatry.com for a table summarizing these studies.

An 85-day randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of 150 patients with PBA associated with MS found that DM, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 30 mg, (DMQ 30-30) was twice as effective as placebo within a week in reducing CNC-LS scores.10 DMQ 30-30 patients also had approximately half as many episodes of inappropriate laughing, crying, or combined laughing and crying and a 2-fold greater decrease in pain intensity.10 Twenty-one percent of DMQ 30-30 patients experienced complete remission—no PBA episodes—compared with 7% of placebo patients. There were no significant differences in QT prolongation between DMQ 30-30 and placebo.

 

 

A 3-arm, double-blind, 28-day, phase III multicenter trial of 140 ALS patients with PBA compared DM monotherapy, quinidine monotherapy, and DMQ 30-30.5 Compared with either drug alone, DMQ 30-30 showed greater reduction of CNC-LS scores, as well as improved quality of life and quality of relationships scores, with equal benefit in poor and extensive DM metabolizers. However, the control conditions may not have been adequate. Quinidine alone would not be expected to have an effect on PBA, and the DM dose, which was the same in combination and monotherapy, may have been too low to be effective by itself. In support of this hypothesis, the DM plasma level was 18 times higher in patients taking DMQ 30-30 than those taking DM monotherapy.

In a manufacturer-sponsored, multicenter, 12-week randomized trial, 326 patients with ALS or MS and clinically significant PBA were randomly assigned to DM, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg (DMQ 30-10), DM, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg (DMQ 20-10), or placebo, each administered twice daily.7 Patients with comorbid psychiatric disorders or significant depressive symptoms were excluded. Although daily PBA episodes decreased in all groups, the daily rate of PBA episodes was 47% lower for patients taking DMQ 30-10, and 49% lower with DMQ 20-10 compared with placebo (both P < .001). The mean decrease in the number of daily PBA episodes was 3.9 to 4.1 with active treatment and 3.0 with placebo. Side effects were more common with active drug than placebo and included dizziness, nausea, diarrhea, and urinary tract infection. There were no serious adverse cardiac events and no active drug recipients showed a QTc interval >480 msec or a change from baseline >60 msec.11 Discontinuation rates in this study were lower than in studies of DMQ 30-30. In an open-label extension of 253 patients who completed the double-blind phase and were assigned to DMQ 30-10 for 12 weeks, the incidence of treatment-related adverse events was 28%, with a 5.5% rate of serious adverse events.12

Safety

 

Because the 10 mg dose of quinidine in the approved formulation of DMQ is 10 times lower than the antiarrhythmic dose, substantial ECG changes and adverse cardiac effects with DMQ have not been reported. The most common side effects of DM are nausea, somnolence, dizziness, and headache. Thrombocytopenia, QT prolongation, hepatotoxicity, allergic reactions, and anticholinergic side effects can occur.

In high doses and combined with other substances, DM has been used as a recreational drug. When taken in high doses, adverse effects include nausea, vomiting, malaise, dilated pupils, difficulty urinating, increased urination frequency, fever, tachycardia, loss of appetite, shakiness, seizures, and potentially coma and death. DMQ may have a greater potential for serious adverse effects than DM alone because quinidine increases DM bioavailability and blood levels. The abuse potential of DMQ is not clear.

Psychosis has been reported with higher DM doses. The psychotomimetic effects of phencyclidine (PCP) are related to binding to the PCP site on the NMDA receptor complex—to which DM also binds—with reduced glutamate signaling in information processing systems. Therefore, caution is indicated when prescribing DM to patients with psychosis.

 

Because DM, a CYP2D6 substrate, is combined with quinidine, a 2D6 inhibitor, administering DMQ with other 2D6 inhibitors could lead to toxicity. When DMQ is combined with SSRIs and similar agents, the serotonergic properties of DM could result in serotonin syndrome, which could be fatal if DM is combined with monoamine oxidase inhibitors.10 Combinations of DM and acetaminophen and antihistamines can be dangerous at higher doses.10 Because quinidine is metabolized by CYP3A, inhibitors of this enzyme such as ketoconazole, nefazodone, and grapefruit juice should be avoided. Similarly, inhibition of CYP2D6 by quinidine could raise levels of coadministered 2D6 substrates.

Contraindications. DMQ is contraindicated in patients with:

 

  • heart failure
  • prolonged QT interval
  • congenital long QT interval
  • history of torsades de pointes
  • complete atrioventricular (AV) block without implanted pacemakers.13

DMQ also is contraindicated in patients at high risk for complete AV block.13

Dosing

DMQ is available as a capsule containing DM, 20 mg, and quinidine, 10 mg. The recommended starting dose is 1 capsule by mouth for 7 days, then 1 capsule every 12 hours.

Although DMQ is convenient, its advantage over starting with DM alone and adding a small dose of a non-serotonergic 2D6 inhibitor if DM is not effective remains to be demonstrated. In view of the unknown potential for abuse and toxicity as well as the cost of the proprietary drug ($3,000 to $5,000 a year), it would seem prudent to consider using an SSRI or a TCA first.8 These medications also act on 1-sigma receptors,14,15 which may account in part for their reported benefit.

 

 

Related Resource

 

  • Neudexta [package insert]. Aliso Viejo, CA: Avanir Pharmaceuticals; 2010.

Drug Brand Names

 

  • Amantadine • Symmetrel
  • Dextromethorphan/quinidine •Nefazodone
  • Ketoconazole • Nizoral
  • Levodopa • Sinemet
  • Neudexta • Serzone
  • Quinidine • Quinidex

Disclosures

Dr. Dubovsky receives research support from Biogen Idec, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma, Otsuka, the Peter and Elizabeth C. Tower Foundation, and Pfizer, Inc.

Dr. Tan reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Table 2

Dextromethorphan/quinidine for PBA: Evidence shows efficacy

 

StudyPatientsDosagesResults
Panitch et al, 200610; 85-day, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled150 MS patients with PBADMQ 30-30 or placebo, given twice a dayDMQ 30-30 was associated with greater reductions in CNC-LS scores, fewer PBA episodes, improvement in QOL and QOR, and decrease in pain intensity
Pope, 20065; 3-arm, double-blind, 28-day phase III multicenter trial140 ALS patients with PBADMQ 30-30, DM, 30 mg, or quinidine, 30 mg, given twice dailyDMQ 30-30 was associated with greater decreases in CNC-LS scores and number of laughing and crying episodes and improvements in QOL and QOR compared with DM or quinidine alone
Pioro et al, 20107; 12-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial326 ALS and MS patients with clinically significant PBADMQ 30-10, DMQ 20-10, or placebo, given twice dailyCNC-LS scores decreased in all groups but the daily rate of PBA episodes was 47% lower for DMQ 30-10 and 49% lower for DMQ 20-10 compared with placebo
ALS: amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; CNC-LS: Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale; DM: dextromethorphan; DMQ 20-10: dextromethorphan, 20 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg; DMQ 30-10: dextromethorphan, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 10 mg; DMQ 30-30: dextromethorphan, 30 mg, plus quinidine, 30 mg; MS: multiple sclerosis; PBA: pseudobulbar affect; QOL: quality of life; QOR: quality of relationships
References

 

1. Schiffer R, Pope LE. Review of pseudobulbar affect including a novel and potential therapy. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2005;17:447-454.

2. Rosen HJ, Cummings J. A real reason for patients with pseudobulbar affect to smile. Ann Neurol. 2007;61:92-96.

3. Miller A. Pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis: toward the development of innovative therapeutic strategies. J Neurol Sci. 2006;245:153-159.

4. Mattson MP. Excitotoxic and excitoprotective mechanisms: abundant targets for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative disorders. Neuromolecular Med. 2003;3:65-94.

5. Pope LE. AVP-923 as a novel treatment for pseudobulbar affect in ALS. Progress in Neurotherapeutics and Neuropsychopharmacology. 2006;1:91-104.

6. Arciniegas DB. A clinical overview of pseudobulbar affect. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother. 2005;3(suppl A):4-8.

7. Pioro EP, Brooks BR, Cummings J, et al. Dextromethorphan plus ultra low-dose quinidine reduces pseudobulbar affect. Ann Neurol. 2010;68:693-702.

8. Johnston SC, Hauser SL. Marketing and drug costs: who is laughing and crying? Ann Neurol. 2007;61:11A-12A.

9. Brooks BR, Thisted RA, Appel SH, et al and. the AVP-923 ALS Study Group. Treatment of pseudobulbar affect with dextromethorphan/quinidine: a randomized trial. Neurology. 2004;63:1364-1370.

10. Panitch HS, Thisted RA, Smith RA, et al. and the Psuedobulbar Affect in Multiple Sclerosis Study Group. Randomized, controlled trial of dextromethorphan/ quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis. Ann Neurol. 2006;59:780-787.

11. Kaye R, Pratt C. Summary of cardiac safety from a randomized, placebo-controlled, trial of dextromethorphan/ quinidine (STAR) for treatment of pseudobulbar affect. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Neurology; April 15, 2010; Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

12. Pioro EP, Brooks BR, Cummings J, et al. Safety and tolerability of dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in a 12-week, open-label extension study. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Neurology; April 15, 2010; Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

13. Neudexta [package insert]. Aliso Viejo, CA: Avanir Pharmaceuticals; 2010.

14. Narita N, Hashimoto K, Tomitaka S, et al. Interactions of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors with subtypes of sigma receptors in rat brain. Eur J Pharmacol. 1996;307(1):117-119.

15. Dhir A, Kulkarni SK. Involvement of sigma-1 receptor modulation in the antidepressant action of venlafaxine. Neurosci Lett. 2007;420(3):204-208.

References

 

1. Schiffer R, Pope LE. Review of pseudobulbar affect including a novel and potential therapy. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2005;17:447-454.

2. Rosen HJ, Cummings J. A real reason for patients with pseudobulbar affect to smile. Ann Neurol. 2007;61:92-96.

3. Miller A. Pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis: toward the development of innovative therapeutic strategies. J Neurol Sci. 2006;245:153-159.

4. Mattson MP. Excitotoxic and excitoprotective mechanisms: abundant targets for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative disorders. Neuromolecular Med. 2003;3:65-94.

5. Pope LE. AVP-923 as a novel treatment for pseudobulbar affect in ALS. Progress in Neurotherapeutics and Neuropsychopharmacology. 2006;1:91-104.

6. Arciniegas DB. A clinical overview of pseudobulbar affect. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother. 2005;3(suppl A):4-8.

7. Pioro EP, Brooks BR, Cummings J, et al. Dextromethorphan plus ultra low-dose quinidine reduces pseudobulbar affect. Ann Neurol. 2010;68:693-702.

8. Johnston SC, Hauser SL. Marketing and drug costs: who is laughing and crying? Ann Neurol. 2007;61:11A-12A.

9. Brooks BR, Thisted RA, Appel SH, et al and. the AVP-923 ALS Study Group. Treatment of pseudobulbar affect with dextromethorphan/quinidine: a randomized trial. Neurology. 2004;63:1364-1370.

10. Panitch HS, Thisted RA, Smith RA, et al. and the Psuedobulbar Affect in Multiple Sclerosis Study Group. Randomized, controlled trial of dextromethorphan/ quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis. Ann Neurol. 2006;59:780-787.

11. Kaye R, Pratt C. Summary of cardiac safety from a randomized, placebo-controlled, trial of dextromethorphan/ quinidine (STAR) for treatment of pseudobulbar affect. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Neurology; April 15, 2010; Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

12. Pioro EP, Brooks BR, Cummings J, et al. Safety and tolerability of dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in a 12-week, open-label extension study. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Neurology; April 15, 2010; Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

13. Neudexta [package insert]. Aliso Viejo, CA: Avanir Pharmaceuticals; 2010.

14. Narita N, Hashimoto K, Tomitaka S, et al. Interactions of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors with subtypes of sigma receptors in rat brain. Eur J Pharmacol. 1996;307(1):117-119.

15. Dhir A, Kulkarni SK. Involvement of sigma-1 receptor modulation in the antidepressant action of venlafaxine. Neurosci Lett. 2007;420(3):204-208.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Page Number
60-67
Page Number
60-67
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect
Display Headline
Dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect
Legacy Keywords
dextromethorphan; DM; quinidine; pseudobulbar affect; PBA; pathological laughing;pathological crying; Dubovsky; Tan
Legacy Keywords
dextromethorphan; DM; quinidine; pseudobulbar affect; PBA; pathological laughing;pathological crying; Dubovsky; Tan
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

How to prepare patients for your maternity leave

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:20
Display Headline
How to prepare patients for your maternity leave

Although a psychiatrist’s pregnancy can disrupt the continuity of a patient’s care, it also may be a catalyst for patients to address key therapeutic issues. Working with patients in advance can help ensure that they take advantage of this unique therapeutic opportunity.

How a patient reacts to a psychiatrist’s pregnancy depends on the patient’s personality structure and personal experiences,1 the depth of his or her relationship with the doctor, and how the psychiatrist addresses her pregnancy in the therapeutic context. For example, patients who fear abandonment may act out in unconscious anger at the clinician.1 They may create crises that demand the doctor’s attention, call more often or schedule more appointments than usual, miss appointments, or stop engaging therapeutically. Previously compliant patients may stop following treatment recommendations, including taking prescribed medication.

In contrast, many patients may react warmly to news of their psychiatrist’s pregnancy. They may ask questions about her family life and the baby. Although in some cases these warm feelings may be a patient’s attempt to defend against resentment of the pregnancy, often they can be taken at face value. Patients who are mothers may identify with and feel increased solidarity with pregnant physicians.2 Pregnant patients may feel greater comfort with pregnant psychiatrists, assuming that the clinician may be more closely attuned to their treatment needs.

Pregnant psychiatrists should explore the meaning of their pregnancies with patients. A clinician may be reluctant to do so because she fears her patients may become angry or because of fatigue associated with pregnancy. However, failing to explore what the pregnancy means to patients may prevent them from taking advantage of an opportunity to work through conflicts,2 such as sibling rivalry1 or body image issues for patients with eating disorders. It also can bring up issues related to sexuality, parenthood, and fertility.1

Pregnant psychiatrists should set a date by which they make all patients aware of the pregnancy.2 This will allow time to explore the meaning of the pregnancy and to plan for how the patient’s treatment needs will be met during the leave.

Disclosure

Dr. Troy reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Nadelson C, Notman M, Arons E, et al. The pregnant therapist. Am J Psychiatry. 1974;131(10):1107-1111.

2. Tinsley J. Pregnancy of the early-career psychiatrist. Psychiatr Serv. 2000;51(1):105-110.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Julianna Troy, MD, MPH
Dr. Troy is a Psychiatrist with Counseling and Psychological Services, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
72-72
Legacy Keywords
psychiatrist’s pregnancy; maternity; Troy
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Julianna Troy, MD, MPH
Dr. Troy is a Psychiatrist with Counseling and Psychological Services, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN.

Author and Disclosure Information

Julianna Troy, MD, MPH
Dr. Troy is a Psychiatrist with Counseling and Psychological Services, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Although a psychiatrist’s pregnancy can disrupt the continuity of a patient’s care, it also may be a catalyst for patients to address key therapeutic issues. Working with patients in advance can help ensure that they take advantage of this unique therapeutic opportunity.

How a patient reacts to a psychiatrist’s pregnancy depends on the patient’s personality structure and personal experiences,1 the depth of his or her relationship with the doctor, and how the psychiatrist addresses her pregnancy in the therapeutic context. For example, patients who fear abandonment may act out in unconscious anger at the clinician.1 They may create crises that demand the doctor’s attention, call more often or schedule more appointments than usual, miss appointments, or stop engaging therapeutically. Previously compliant patients may stop following treatment recommendations, including taking prescribed medication.

In contrast, many patients may react warmly to news of their psychiatrist’s pregnancy. They may ask questions about her family life and the baby. Although in some cases these warm feelings may be a patient’s attempt to defend against resentment of the pregnancy, often they can be taken at face value. Patients who are mothers may identify with and feel increased solidarity with pregnant physicians.2 Pregnant patients may feel greater comfort with pregnant psychiatrists, assuming that the clinician may be more closely attuned to their treatment needs.

Pregnant psychiatrists should explore the meaning of their pregnancies with patients. A clinician may be reluctant to do so because she fears her patients may become angry or because of fatigue associated with pregnancy. However, failing to explore what the pregnancy means to patients may prevent them from taking advantage of an opportunity to work through conflicts,2 such as sibling rivalry1 or body image issues for patients with eating disorders. It also can bring up issues related to sexuality, parenthood, and fertility.1

Pregnant psychiatrists should set a date by which they make all patients aware of the pregnancy.2 This will allow time to explore the meaning of the pregnancy and to plan for how the patient’s treatment needs will be met during the leave.

Disclosure

Dr. Troy reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Although a psychiatrist’s pregnancy can disrupt the continuity of a patient’s care, it also may be a catalyst for patients to address key therapeutic issues. Working with patients in advance can help ensure that they take advantage of this unique therapeutic opportunity.

How a patient reacts to a psychiatrist’s pregnancy depends on the patient’s personality structure and personal experiences,1 the depth of his or her relationship with the doctor, and how the psychiatrist addresses her pregnancy in the therapeutic context. For example, patients who fear abandonment may act out in unconscious anger at the clinician.1 They may create crises that demand the doctor’s attention, call more often or schedule more appointments than usual, miss appointments, or stop engaging therapeutically. Previously compliant patients may stop following treatment recommendations, including taking prescribed medication.

In contrast, many patients may react warmly to news of their psychiatrist’s pregnancy. They may ask questions about her family life and the baby. Although in some cases these warm feelings may be a patient’s attempt to defend against resentment of the pregnancy, often they can be taken at face value. Patients who are mothers may identify with and feel increased solidarity with pregnant physicians.2 Pregnant patients may feel greater comfort with pregnant psychiatrists, assuming that the clinician may be more closely attuned to their treatment needs.

Pregnant psychiatrists should explore the meaning of their pregnancies with patients. A clinician may be reluctant to do so because she fears her patients may become angry or because of fatigue associated with pregnancy. However, failing to explore what the pregnancy means to patients may prevent them from taking advantage of an opportunity to work through conflicts,2 such as sibling rivalry1 or body image issues for patients with eating disorders. It also can bring up issues related to sexuality, parenthood, and fertility.1

Pregnant psychiatrists should set a date by which they make all patients aware of the pregnancy.2 This will allow time to explore the meaning of the pregnancy and to plan for how the patient’s treatment needs will be met during the leave.

Disclosure

Dr. Troy reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Nadelson C, Notman M, Arons E, et al. The pregnant therapist. Am J Psychiatry. 1974;131(10):1107-1111.

2. Tinsley J. Pregnancy of the early-career psychiatrist. Psychiatr Serv. 2000;51(1):105-110.

References

1. Nadelson C, Notman M, Arons E, et al. The pregnant therapist. Am J Psychiatry. 1974;131(10):1107-1111.

2. Tinsley J. Pregnancy of the early-career psychiatrist. Psychiatr Serv. 2000;51(1):105-110.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Page Number
72-72
Page Number
72-72
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
How to prepare patients for your maternity leave
Display Headline
How to prepare patients for your maternity leave
Legacy Keywords
psychiatrist’s pregnancy; maternity; Troy
Legacy Keywords
psychiatrist’s pregnancy; maternity; Troy
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Traumatic brain injury: Pharmacotherapy options for cognitive deficits

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:05
Display Headline
Traumatic brain injury: Pharmacotherapy options for cognitive deficits

Mr. A, age 45, presents to the psychiatry clinic complaining of “ADHD.” He says he is not able to sit through movies and often gets distracted while on his computer at work. He also is having problems in his relationship with his wife; she says having a conversation with him is difficult. He has seen a psychiatrist for depression, which is currently managed by his primary care physician (PCP), who prescribed sertraline, 100 mg/d. Mr. A feels that although his depression is now under control, the medication has had limited effect on improving his concentration.

With further discussion, Mr. A reveals that 6 months ago he was involved in a car accident and suffered a mild traumatic brain injury (TBI). He was hospitalized overnight and was encouraged to follow up with his PCP. During his only follow-up visit, Mr. A told his PCP that he was having difficulty concentrating since the accident. However, because Mr. A has a remote history of alcohol abuse, his physician was reluctant to give him additional medication and referred him to a psychiatrist.

TBI is increasingly common but often overlooked or not treated in the emergency room (ER). Each year at least 1.7 million people experience a TBI; 275,000 are hospitalized and 52,000 die.1 The true incidence likely is greater because patients who do not present to the ER or hospital are not included in most studies, and the often-subtle psychiatric sequelae may preclude patients from seeking mental health treatment.

Psychiatric disorders are common among those who sustain a TBI (Table 1).2 One prospective cohort study found that patients with mild TBI are 2.8 times more likely than other patients to develop a psychiatric disorder.3 Statistics regarding TBI and psychiatric illness often are limited because they rely on self-reports, chart review, or retrospective studies.4

TBI severity can be classified on the basis of Glasgow Coma Scale score and other factors (Table 2).5 The correlation between severity of injury and resulting psychiatric illness or post-concussive symptoms is unclear.6 There is evidence that cognitive defects are associated with decreased function. Cognitive dysfunction also has been associated with disability 10 years after moderate to severe TBI.7 The association between cognitive dysfunction and outcome is more strongly correlated with moderate to severe TBI; there is no clear association in mild TBI.7 Additionally, compared with patients with severe TBI, those with mild TBI were more likely to be employed. At all severity levels, function improves over time. Mild, moderate, and severe TBI have a similar recovery curve.7

Table 1

Psychiatric symptoms: Common among TBI patients

Psychiatric symptomIncidence
Aggression30%
Anxiety10% to 70%
Apathy10%
Cognitive impairment25% to 70%
Depression25% to 50%
Mania1% to 10%
Psychosis3% to 8%
TBI: traumatic brain injury
Source: Adapted from reference 2

Table 2

Classifying severity of traumatic brain injury

SeverityGCS scoreLOC durationPTA*
Mild13 to 15<30 minutes<1 hour
Moderate9 to 121 to 24 hours1 to 24 hours
Severe<8>24 hours>24 hours
*Includes loss of memory immediately before or after the accident
GCS: Glasgow Coma Scale; LOC: loss of consciousness; PTA: posttraumatic amnesia
Source: Reference 5

Cognitive dysfunction and TBI

Cognitive dysfunction can be split into 3 categories:

  • executive function
  • memory
  • processing speed.

The incidence of cognitive dysfunction after TBI is unclear. Several methods are used to quantify cognitive dysfunction in TBI patients; it is widely regarded that the Mini-Mental State Exam is not adequate to screen for subtle cognitive deficits.6 However, there is no clear consensus on which tool should be used.5

Off-label pharmacotherapy

There are no FDA-approved medications for treating neuropsychiatric sequelae of TBI. Treatment should be symptom-based and employ the “start low, go slow” approach. Compared with patients without brain injury, TBI patients may experience increased adverse effects from psychotropics but may require standard doses. These patients also may have comorbidities such as seizure disorders, substance abuse, and depression that will affect treatment.2 Different areas of cognitive function respond to different medication classes. Suggested medications include stimulant and nonstimulant catecholaminergic agents and cholinesterase inhibitors (Table 3).8

Executive function responds to non-stimulant catecholaminergics. In a review, Writer and Schillerstrom5 found that TBI patients who received catecholaminergic augmentation showed improved function in 6 of 7 studies. In 2 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and 4 nonrandomized, placebo-controlled trials, patients with mild to severe TBI showed improved executive function, attention, global cognitive function, memory, language, and/ or arousal with use of bromocriptine, pramipexole, carbidopa/levodopa, or amantadine.5 The greatest improvements were found in executive function. In 1 RCT, 10 patients with mild to severe TBI showed no functional improvement after 2 weeks of treatment.

 

 

Amantadine, 200 to 400 mg/d, has been shown to safely improve arousal and cognitive function in patients with moderate to severe TBI when started 3 days to 5 months after injury.9 Amantadine, 400 mg/d, also improves executive function measures without significant benefit in attention or memory in patients with mild to severe TBI 6 months post-injury.10

Memory responds to cholinesterase inhibitors. Memory deficits secondary to TBI affect immediate and delayed memory. The cholinesterase inhibitor donepezil is approved for treating Alzheimer’s disease (AD) in the United States and Canada, and research suggests memory deficits after TBI may be similar to those seen in AD.11 This includes deficits in long-term memory storage, which likely is associated with the cholinergic system.11 Post-mortem studies have found similarities in traumatically injured brains and those of AD patients.11

Three small prospective studies of done-pezil have shown improved memory and attention in TBI patients when cognition is the primary outcome, with 1 small negative open-label trial.7 In a study of 53 patients, Whelan et al12 found that donepezil improved patients’ intelligence quotient and clinician-based assessment of cognition over 2 years. Taverni et al13 found memory improvement in 2 TBI patients within 3 weeks of starting donepezil. These results suggest that donepezil may be used in acute and late phases of memory deficits following mild, moderate, or severe TBI.6 All studies titrated donepezil from 5 to 10 mg/d over several weeks. Dosing guidelines for donepezil in AD suggest 5 mg/d for 4 to 6 weeks, which may be increased to 10 mg/d if needed.8

Rivastigmine (3 to 6 mg/d) has been shown to be effective in mild TBI when started 1 year after injury and safe for 12 to 38 weeks of treatment.14,15 One retrospective cohort study of 111 patients with chronic TBI found no difference among donepezil, rivastigmine, or galantamine, with mean doses of 7.2 mg/d, 10 mg/d, and 2.3 mg/d, respectively.16 Sixty-one percent of patients showed improvement and the remainder had modest or no response. This study suggests that positive response on cognition may be similar among cholinesterase inhibitors. In case reports, physostigmine has offered some benefit17,18; however, cardiovascular and autonomic side effects restrict its use.11 Tacrine is associated with problematic gastrointestinal and hepatic side effects.11

Processing speed responds to stimulant catecholaminergics. Although the incidence of psychiatric illness is not correlated with TBI severity, evidence suggests that speed of processing mediates the relationship between injury severity and functional decline.19 Therefore, aggressively treating these deficits may help improve function.

Methylphenidate improves attention and processing speed after TBI. A review of 7 randomized trials and 2 nonrandomized trials indicated that patients with mild to severe, chronic TBI experienced significantly improved cognitive function after methylphenidate treatment.5 Willmott and Ponsford20 found significant enhancement in information processing speed within 2 weeks of methylphenidate treatment in 40 patients with moderate or severe TBI. Methylphenidate increased the rate of recovery and led to improvement in acute21 and post-acute phases.22 In addition, methylphenidate may improve processing speed even in the absence of significant changes in attention.23

The standard methylphenidate dose used in most studies, 0.3 mg/kg twice daily, is safe and effective. Dosing usually is started at 5 mg/d and titrated to symptomatic relief. Because methylphenidate does not lower the seizure threshold, it is safe for patients at high risk for seizure.24 Methylphenidate also significantly improves attention and speed of processing in pediatric head trauma.25,26

Dextroamphetamine also is used to treat speed of processing dysfunction after TBI, but is less studied than methylphenidate. Dextroamphetamine, 5 to 30 mg/d, was found to effectively treat attention problems that interfered with rehabilitation in patients with severe TBI.27

Table 3

Recommended treatments for mild TBI-related cognitive deficits

DeficitFirst-line medicationSide effectsContraindicationsOther treatments
MemoryDonepezil (5 to 10 mg/d)Diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, muscle cramps, fatigue, anorexiaHypersensitivity to donepezil or piperidine derivativesRivastigmine, galantamine, physostigmine, CDP-choline
Speed of processingMethylphenidate (0.3 mg/kg twice daily)Headache, insomnia, decreased appetite, nausea, vomiting, anxiety, irritabilityHypersensitivity to methylphenidate, glaucoma, history of Tourette syndrome or tics, use of MAOI within 14 daysDextroamphetamine
Executive functionAmantadine (200 to 400 mg/d)CNS depression, orthostatic hypotension, peripheral edema, agitation, nausea, anorexiaHypersensitivity to amantadineBromocriptine, pramipexole, carbidopa/levodopa
CDP-choline: cytidinediphosphocholine; MAOI: monoamine oxidase inhibitor
Source: Reference 8

Nonpharmacologic treatments

In addition to pharmacotherapy, nonpharmacologic interventions also should be a mainstay of treatment. Compensatory training and cognitive exercise may improve patients’ cognitive deficits and return some sense of control. Individual and family psychotherapy, including cognitive-behavioral therapy, also may be beneficial.2 Review sources have identified the importance of validating patients’ symptoms and developing a goal-based treatment plan.6

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: Improvement with stimulants

Unlike many TBI patients who do not recognize the often-subtle psychiatric sequelae of their injury, Mr. A is aware of his difficulty concentrating, which is temporally linked with his accident. After exploring the association between Mr. A’s symptoms and his injury, his psychiatrist concludes that Mr. A’s cognitive deficits likely are associated with his TBI. Mr. A’s history of alcohol abuse raises concerns about prescribing stimulants. However, after assuring that Mr. A’s depression is well controlled and addressing his risk of substance abuse, his psychiatrist prescribes methylphenidate titrated to 30 mg/d. When he returns to the clinic several weeks later, Mr. A reports improved attention and functioning at work, and continues to follow up with the psychiatrist without requiring changes to his medication regimen.

Related Resource

  • Konrad C, Geburek AJ, Rist F, et al. Long-term cognitive and emotional consequences of mild traumatic brain injury. Psychol Med. 2010;22:1-15.

Drug Brand Names

  • Amantadine • Symadine, Symmetrel
  • Bromocriptine • Parlodel
  • Carbidopa/levodopa • Sinemet
  • Dextroamphetamine • Dexedrine
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Galantamine • Razadyne
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Methylin, others
  • Physostigmine • Antilirium
  • Pramipexole • Mirapex
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Tacrine • Cognex

Disclosures

Dr. Scher and Ms. Loomis report no financial relationship with any company whose products mentioned in this article or with the manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. McCarron is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Company.

References

1. Faul M, Xu L, Wald MM, et al. Traumatic brain injury in the United States; emergency department visits, hospitalizations, and deaths, 2002-2006. Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 2010. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/traumaticbraininjury/tbi_ed.html. Accessed December 1, 2010.

2. Vaishnavi S, Rao V, Fann JR. Neuropsychiatric problems after traumatic brain injury: unraveling the silent epidemic. Psychosomatics. 2009;50(3):198-205.

3. Fann JR, Burington B, Leonetti A, et al. Psychiatric illness following traumatic brain injury in an adult health maintenance organization population. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2004;61(1):53-61.

4. Bryant RA, O’Donnell ML, Creamer M, et al. The psychiatric sequelae of traumatic injury. Am J Psychiatry. 2010;167(3):312-320.

5. Writer BW, Schillerstrom JE. Psychopharmacological treatment for cognitive impairment in survivors of traumatic brain injury: a critical review. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2009;21(4):362-370.

6. Arciniegas DB, Anderson CA, Topkoff J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury: a neuropsychiatric approach to diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2005;1(4):311-327.

7. Sigurdardottir S, Andelic N, Roe C, et al. Cognitive recovery and predictors of functional outcome 1 year after traumatic brain injury. J Int Neuropsychol Soc. 2009;15(5):740-750.

8. Physicians’ desk reference 64th ed. Montvale, NJ: Thomson Reuters; 2010.

9. Sawyer E Mauro LS, Mauro LS, Ohlinger MJ. Amantadine enhancement of arousal and cognition after traumatic brain injury. Ann Pharmacother. 2008;42(2):247-252.

10. Kraus MF, Smith GS, Butters M, et al. Effects of the dopaminergic agent and NMDA receptor antagonist amantadine on cognitive function, cerebral glucose metabolism and D2 receptor availability in chronic traumatic brain injury: a study using positron emission tomography (PET). Brain Inj. 2005;19(7):471-479.

11. Griffin SL, van Reekum R, Masanic C. A review of cholinergic agents in the treatment of neurobehavioral deficits following traumatic brain injury. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2003;15(1):17-26.

12. Whelan FJ, Walker MS, Schultz SK. Donepezil in the treatment of cognitive dysfunction associated with traumatic brain injury. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2000;12(3):131-135.

13. Taverni JP, Seliger G, Lichtman SW. Donepezil medicated memory improvement in traumatic brain injury during post acute rehabilitation. Brain Inj. 1998;12(1):77-80.

14. Silver JM, McAllister TW, Arciniegas DB. Depression and cognitive complaints following mild traumatic brain injury. Am J Psychiatry. 2009;166(6):653-661.

15. Silver JM, Koumaras B, Chen M, et al. Effects of rivastigmine on cognitive function in patients with traumatic brain injury. Neurology. 2006;67(5):748-755.

16. Tenovuo O. Central acetylcholinesterase inhibitors in the treatment of chronic traumatic brain injury—clinical experience in 111 patients. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2005;29(1):61-67.

17. Goldberg E, Gerstman LJ, Mattis S, et al. Selective effects of cholinergic treatment on verbal memory in posttraumatic amnesia. J Clin Neuropsychol. 1982;4(3):219-234.

18. Eames P, Sutton A. Protracted post-traumatic confusional state treated with physostigmine. Brain Inj. 1995;9(7):729-734.

19. Rassovsky Y, Satz P, Alfano MS, et al. Functional outcome in TBI II: verbal memory and information processing speed mediators. J Clin Exp Neuropsychol. 2006;28(4):581-591.

20. Willmott C, Ponsford J. Efficacy of methylphenidate in the rehabilitation of attention following traumatic brain injury: a randomised, crossover, double blind, placebo controlled inpatient trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2009;80(5):552-557.

20. Kaelin DL, Cifu DX, Matthies B. Methylphenidate effect on attention deficit in the acutely brain-injured adult. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 1996;77(1):6-9.

22. Whyte J, Hart T, Vaccaro M, et al. Effects of methylphenidate on attention deficits after traumatic brain injury: a multidimensional, randomized, controlled trial. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2004;83(6):401-420.

23. Whyte J, Hart T, Schuster K, et al. Effects of methylphenidate on attentional function after traumatic brain injury. A randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 1997;76(6):440-450.

24. Wroblewski BA, Leary JM, Phelan AM, et al. Methylphenidate and seizure frequency in brain injured patients with seizure disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 1992;53(3):86-89.

25. Mahalick DM, Carmel PW, Greenberg JP, et al. Psychopharmacologic treatment of acquired attention disorders in children with brain injury. Pediatr Neurosurg. 1998;29(3):121-126.

26. Hornyak JE, Nelson VS, Hurvitz EA. The use of methylphenidate in paediatric traumatic brain injury. Pediatr Rehabil. 1997;1(1):15-17.

27. Hornstein A, Lennihan L, Seliger G. Amphetamine in recovery from brain injury. Brain Inj. 1996;10(2):145-148.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Lorin M. Scher, MD
Assistant Clinical Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA
Eleanor Loomis, BA
Medical Student (MS-4), University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA
Robert M. McCarron, DO
Training Director, Internal Medicine/Psychiatry Residency, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Department of Internal Medicine, University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
21-37
Legacy Keywords
Traumatic brain injury; cognitive deficits; Scher; Loomis; McCarron
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Lorin M. Scher, MD
Assistant Clinical Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA
Eleanor Loomis, BA
Medical Student (MS-4), University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA
Robert M. McCarron, DO
Training Director, Internal Medicine/Psychiatry Residency, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Department of Internal Medicine, University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA

Author and Disclosure Information

Lorin M. Scher, MD
Assistant Clinical Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA
Eleanor Loomis, BA
Medical Student (MS-4), University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA
Robert M. McCarron, DO
Training Director, Internal Medicine/Psychiatry Residency, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Department of Internal Medicine, University of California, Davis Sacramento, CA

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mr. A, age 45, presents to the psychiatry clinic complaining of “ADHD.” He says he is not able to sit through movies and often gets distracted while on his computer at work. He also is having problems in his relationship with his wife; she says having a conversation with him is difficult. He has seen a psychiatrist for depression, which is currently managed by his primary care physician (PCP), who prescribed sertraline, 100 mg/d. Mr. A feels that although his depression is now under control, the medication has had limited effect on improving his concentration.

With further discussion, Mr. A reveals that 6 months ago he was involved in a car accident and suffered a mild traumatic brain injury (TBI). He was hospitalized overnight and was encouraged to follow up with his PCP. During his only follow-up visit, Mr. A told his PCP that he was having difficulty concentrating since the accident. However, because Mr. A has a remote history of alcohol abuse, his physician was reluctant to give him additional medication and referred him to a psychiatrist.

TBI is increasingly common but often overlooked or not treated in the emergency room (ER). Each year at least 1.7 million people experience a TBI; 275,000 are hospitalized and 52,000 die.1 The true incidence likely is greater because patients who do not present to the ER or hospital are not included in most studies, and the often-subtle psychiatric sequelae may preclude patients from seeking mental health treatment.

Psychiatric disorders are common among those who sustain a TBI (Table 1).2 One prospective cohort study found that patients with mild TBI are 2.8 times more likely than other patients to develop a psychiatric disorder.3 Statistics regarding TBI and psychiatric illness often are limited because they rely on self-reports, chart review, or retrospective studies.4

TBI severity can be classified on the basis of Glasgow Coma Scale score and other factors (Table 2).5 The correlation between severity of injury and resulting psychiatric illness or post-concussive symptoms is unclear.6 There is evidence that cognitive defects are associated with decreased function. Cognitive dysfunction also has been associated with disability 10 years after moderate to severe TBI.7 The association between cognitive dysfunction and outcome is more strongly correlated with moderate to severe TBI; there is no clear association in mild TBI.7 Additionally, compared with patients with severe TBI, those with mild TBI were more likely to be employed. At all severity levels, function improves over time. Mild, moderate, and severe TBI have a similar recovery curve.7

Table 1

Psychiatric symptoms: Common among TBI patients

Psychiatric symptomIncidence
Aggression30%
Anxiety10% to 70%
Apathy10%
Cognitive impairment25% to 70%
Depression25% to 50%
Mania1% to 10%
Psychosis3% to 8%
TBI: traumatic brain injury
Source: Adapted from reference 2

Table 2

Classifying severity of traumatic brain injury

SeverityGCS scoreLOC durationPTA*
Mild13 to 15<30 minutes<1 hour
Moderate9 to 121 to 24 hours1 to 24 hours
Severe<8>24 hours>24 hours
*Includes loss of memory immediately before or after the accident
GCS: Glasgow Coma Scale; LOC: loss of consciousness; PTA: posttraumatic amnesia
Source: Reference 5

Cognitive dysfunction and TBI

Cognitive dysfunction can be split into 3 categories:

  • executive function
  • memory
  • processing speed.

The incidence of cognitive dysfunction after TBI is unclear. Several methods are used to quantify cognitive dysfunction in TBI patients; it is widely regarded that the Mini-Mental State Exam is not adequate to screen for subtle cognitive deficits.6 However, there is no clear consensus on which tool should be used.5

Off-label pharmacotherapy

There are no FDA-approved medications for treating neuropsychiatric sequelae of TBI. Treatment should be symptom-based and employ the “start low, go slow” approach. Compared with patients without brain injury, TBI patients may experience increased adverse effects from psychotropics but may require standard doses. These patients also may have comorbidities such as seizure disorders, substance abuse, and depression that will affect treatment.2 Different areas of cognitive function respond to different medication classes. Suggested medications include stimulant and nonstimulant catecholaminergic agents and cholinesterase inhibitors (Table 3).8

Executive function responds to non-stimulant catecholaminergics. In a review, Writer and Schillerstrom5 found that TBI patients who received catecholaminergic augmentation showed improved function in 6 of 7 studies. In 2 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and 4 nonrandomized, placebo-controlled trials, patients with mild to severe TBI showed improved executive function, attention, global cognitive function, memory, language, and/ or arousal with use of bromocriptine, pramipexole, carbidopa/levodopa, or amantadine.5 The greatest improvements were found in executive function. In 1 RCT, 10 patients with mild to severe TBI showed no functional improvement after 2 weeks of treatment.

 

 

Amantadine, 200 to 400 mg/d, has been shown to safely improve arousal and cognitive function in patients with moderate to severe TBI when started 3 days to 5 months after injury.9 Amantadine, 400 mg/d, also improves executive function measures without significant benefit in attention or memory in patients with mild to severe TBI 6 months post-injury.10

Memory responds to cholinesterase inhibitors. Memory deficits secondary to TBI affect immediate and delayed memory. The cholinesterase inhibitor donepezil is approved for treating Alzheimer’s disease (AD) in the United States and Canada, and research suggests memory deficits after TBI may be similar to those seen in AD.11 This includes deficits in long-term memory storage, which likely is associated with the cholinergic system.11 Post-mortem studies have found similarities in traumatically injured brains and those of AD patients.11

Three small prospective studies of done-pezil have shown improved memory and attention in TBI patients when cognition is the primary outcome, with 1 small negative open-label trial.7 In a study of 53 patients, Whelan et al12 found that donepezil improved patients’ intelligence quotient and clinician-based assessment of cognition over 2 years. Taverni et al13 found memory improvement in 2 TBI patients within 3 weeks of starting donepezil. These results suggest that donepezil may be used in acute and late phases of memory deficits following mild, moderate, or severe TBI.6 All studies titrated donepezil from 5 to 10 mg/d over several weeks. Dosing guidelines for donepezil in AD suggest 5 mg/d for 4 to 6 weeks, which may be increased to 10 mg/d if needed.8

Rivastigmine (3 to 6 mg/d) has been shown to be effective in mild TBI when started 1 year after injury and safe for 12 to 38 weeks of treatment.14,15 One retrospective cohort study of 111 patients with chronic TBI found no difference among donepezil, rivastigmine, or galantamine, with mean doses of 7.2 mg/d, 10 mg/d, and 2.3 mg/d, respectively.16 Sixty-one percent of patients showed improvement and the remainder had modest or no response. This study suggests that positive response on cognition may be similar among cholinesterase inhibitors. In case reports, physostigmine has offered some benefit17,18; however, cardiovascular and autonomic side effects restrict its use.11 Tacrine is associated with problematic gastrointestinal and hepatic side effects.11

Processing speed responds to stimulant catecholaminergics. Although the incidence of psychiatric illness is not correlated with TBI severity, evidence suggests that speed of processing mediates the relationship between injury severity and functional decline.19 Therefore, aggressively treating these deficits may help improve function.

Methylphenidate improves attention and processing speed after TBI. A review of 7 randomized trials and 2 nonrandomized trials indicated that patients with mild to severe, chronic TBI experienced significantly improved cognitive function after methylphenidate treatment.5 Willmott and Ponsford20 found significant enhancement in information processing speed within 2 weeks of methylphenidate treatment in 40 patients with moderate or severe TBI. Methylphenidate increased the rate of recovery and led to improvement in acute21 and post-acute phases.22 In addition, methylphenidate may improve processing speed even in the absence of significant changes in attention.23

The standard methylphenidate dose used in most studies, 0.3 mg/kg twice daily, is safe and effective. Dosing usually is started at 5 mg/d and titrated to symptomatic relief. Because methylphenidate does not lower the seizure threshold, it is safe for patients at high risk for seizure.24 Methylphenidate also significantly improves attention and speed of processing in pediatric head trauma.25,26

Dextroamphetamine also is used to treat speed of processing dysfunction after TBI, but is less studied than methylphenidate. Dextroamphetamine, 5 to 30 mg/d, was found to effectively treat attention problems that interfered with rehabilitation in patients with severe TBI.27

Table 3

Recommended treatments for mild TBI-related cognitive deficits

DeficitFirst-line medicationSide effectsContraindicationsOther treatments
MemoryDonepezil (5 to 10 mg/d)Diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, muscle cramps, fatigue, anorexiaHypersensitivity to donepezil or piperidine derivativesRivastigmine, galantamine, physostigmine, CDP-choline
Speed of processingMethylphenidate (0.3 mg/kg twice daily)Headache, insomnia, decreased appetite, nausea, vomiting, anxiety, irritabilityHypersensitivity to methylphenidate, glaucoma, history of Tourette syndrome or tics, use of MAOI within 14 daysDextroamphetamine
Executive functionAmantadine (200 to 400 mg/d)CNS depression, orthostatic hypotension, peripheral edema, agitation, nausea, anorexiaHypersensitivity to amantadineBromocriptine, pramipexole, carbidopa/levodopa
CDP-choline: cytidinediphosphocholine; MAOI: monoamine oxidase inhibitor
Source: Reference 8

Nonpharmacologic treatments

In addition to pharmacotherapy, nonpharmacologic interventions also should be a mainstay of treatment. Compensatory training and cognitive exercise may improve patients’ cognitive deficits and return some sense of control. Individual and family psychotherapy, including cognitive-behavioral therapy, also may be beneficial.2 Review sources have identified the importance of validating patients’ symptoms and developing a goal-based treatment plan.6

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: Improvement with stimulants

Unlike many TBI patients who do not recognize the often-subtle psychiatric sequelae of their injury, Mr. A is aware of his difficulty concentrating, which is temporally linked with his accident. After exploring the association between Mr. A’s symptoms and his injury, his psychiatrist concludes that Mr. A’s cognitive deficits likely are associated with his TBI. Mr. A’s history of alcohol abuse raises concerns about prescribing stimulants. However, after assuring that Mr. A’s depression is well controlled and addressing his risk of substance abuse, his psychiatrist prescribes methylphenidate titrated to 30 mg/d. When he returns to the clinic several weeks later, Mr. A reports improved attention and functioning at work, and continues to follow up with the psychiatrist without requiring changes to his medication regimen.

Related Resource

  • Konrad C, Geburek AJ, Rist F, et al. Long-term cognitive and emotional consequences of mild traumatic brain injury. Psychol Med. 2010;22:1-15.

Drug Brand Names

  • Amantadine • Symadine, Symmetrel
  • Bromocriptine • Parlodel
  • Carbidopa/levodopa • Sinemet
  • Dextroamphetamine • Dexedrine
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Galantamine • Razadyne
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Methylin, others
  • Physostigmine • Antilirium
  • Pramipexole • Mirapex
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Tacrine • Cognex

Disclosures

Dr. Scher and Ms. Loomis report no financial relationship with any company whose products mentioned in this article or with the manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. McCarron is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Company.

Mr. A, age 45, presents to the psychiatry clinic complaining of “ADHD.” He says he is not able to sit through movies and often gets distracted while on his computer at work. He also is having problems in his relationship with his wife; she says having a conversation with him is difficult. He has seen a psychiatrist for depression, which is currently managed by his primary care physician (PCP), who prescribed sertraline, 100 mg/d. Mr. A feels that although his depression is now under control, the medication has had limited effect on improving his concentration.

With further discussion, Mr. A reveals that 6 months ago he was involved in a car accident and suffered a mild traumatic brain injury (TBI). He was hospitalized overnight and was encouraged to follow up with his PCP. During his only follow-up visit, Mr. A told his PCP that he was having difficulty concentrating since the accident. However, because Mr. A has a remote history of alcohol abuse, his physician was reluctant to give him additional medication and referred him to a psychiatrist.

TBI is increasingly common but often overlooked or not treated in the emergency room (ER). Each year at least 1.7 million people experience a TBI; 275,000 are hospitalized and 52,000 die.1 The true incidence likely is greater because patients who do not present to the ER or hospital are not included in most studies, and the often-subtle psychiatric sequelae may preclude patients from seeking mental health treatment.

Psychiatric disorders are common among those who sustain a TBI (Table 1).2 One prospective cohort study found that patients with mild TBI are 2.8 times more likely than other patients to develop a psychiatric disorder.3 Statistics regarding TBI and psychiatric illness often are limited because they rely on self-reports, chart review, or retrospective studies.4

TBI severity can be classified on the basis of Glasgow Coma Scale score and other factors (Table 2).5 The correlation between severity of injury and resulting psychiatric illness or post-concussive symptoms is unclear.6 There is evidence that cognitive defects are associated with decreased function. Cognitive dysfunction also has been associated with disability 10 years after moderate to severe TBI.7 The association between cognitive dysfunction and outcome is more strongly correlated with moderate to severe TBI; there is no clear association in mild TBI.7 Additionally, compared with patients with severe TBI, those with mild TBI were more likely to be employed. At all severity levels, function improves over time. Mild, moderate, and severe TBI have a similar recovery curve.7

Table 1

Psychiatric symptoms: Common among TBI patients

Psychiatric symptomIncidence
Aggression30%
Anxiety10% to 70%
Apathy10%
Cognitive impairment25% to 70%
Depression25% to 50%
Mania1% to 10%
Psychosis3% to 8%
TBI: traumatic brain injury
Source: Adapted from reference 2

Table 2

Classifying severity of traumatic brain injury

SeverityGCS scoreLOC durationPTA*
Mild13 to 15<30 minutes<1 hour
Moderate9 to 121 to 24 hours1 to 24 hours
Severe<8>24 hours>24 hours
*Includes loss of memory immediately before or after the accident
GCS: Glasgow Coma Scale; LOC: loss of consciousness; PTA: posttraumatic amnesia
Source: Reference 5

Cognitive dysfunction and TBI

Cognitive dysfunction can be split into 3 categories:

  • executive function
  • memory
  • processing speed.

The incidence of cognitive dysfunction after TBI is unclear. Several methods are used to quantify cognitive dysfunction in TBI patients; it is widely regarded that the Mini-Mental State Exam is not adequate to screen for subtle cognitive deficits.6 However, there is no clear consensus on which tool should be used.5

Off-label pharmacotherapy

There are no FDA-approved medications for treating neuropsychiatric sequelae of TBI. Treatment should be symptom-based and employ the “start low, go slow” approach. Compared with patients without brain injury, TBI patients may experience increased adverse effects from psychotropics but may require standard doses. These patients also may have comorbidities such as seizure disorders, substance abuse, and depression that will affect treatment.2 Different areas of cognitive function respond to different medication classes. Suggested medications include stimulant and nonstimulant catecholaminergic agents and cholinesterase inhibitors (Table 3).8

Executive function responds to non-stimulant catecholaminergics. In a review, Writer and Schillerstrom5 found that TBI patients who received catecholaminergic augmentation showed improved function in 6 of 7 studies. In 2 randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and 4 nonrandomized, placebo-controlled trials, patients with mild to severe TBI showed improved executive function, attention, global cognitive function, memory, language, and/ or arousal with use of bromocriptine, pramipexole, carbidopa/levodopa, or amantadine.5 The greatest improvements were found in executive function. In 1 RCT, 10 patients with mild to severe TBI showed no functional improvement after 2 weeks of treatment.

 

 

Amantadine, 200 to 400 mg/d, has been shown to safely improve arousal and cognitive function in patients with moderate to severe TBI when started 3 days to 5 months after injury.9 Amantadine, 400 mg/d, also improves executive function measures without significant benefit in attention or memory in patients with mild to severe TBI 6 months post-injury.10

Memory responds to cholinesterase inhibitors. Memory deficits secondary to TBI affect immediate and delayed memory. The cholinesterase inhibitor donepezil is approved for treating Alzheimer’s disease (AD) in the United States and Canada, and research suggests memory deficits after TBI may be similar to those seen in AD.11 This includes deficits in long-term memory storage, which likely is associated with the cholinergic system.11 Post-mortem studies have found similarities in traumatically injured brains and those of AD patients.11

Three small prospective studies of done-pezil have shown improved memory and attention in TBI patients when cognition is the primary outcome, with 1 small negative open-label trial.7 In a study of 53 patients, Whelan et al12 found that donepezil improved patients’ intelligence quotient and clinician-based assessment of cognition over 2 years. Taverni et al13 found memory improvement in 2 TBI patients within 3 weeks of starting donepezil. These results suggest that donepezil may be used in acute and late phases of memory deficits following mild, moderate, or severe TBI.6 All studies titrated donepezil from 5 to 10 mg/d over several weeks. Dosing guidelines for donepezil in AD suggest 5 mg/d for 4 to 6 weeks, which may be increased to 10 mg/d if needed.8

Rivastigmine (3 to 6 mg/d) has been shown to be effective in mild TBI when started 1 year after injury and safe for 12 to 38 weeks of treatment.14,15 One retrospective cohort study of 111 patients with chronic TBI found no difference among donepezil, rivastigmine, or galantamine, with mean doses of 7.2 mg/d, 10 mg/d, and 2.3 mg/d, respectively.16 Sixty-one percent of patients showed improvement and the remainder had modest or no response. This study suggests that positive response on cognition may be similar among cholinesterase inhibitors. In case reports, physostigmine has offered some benefit17,18; however, cardiovascular and autonomic side effects restrict its use.11 Tacrine is associated with problematic gastrointestinal and hepatic side effects.11

Processing speed responds to stimulant catecholaminergics. Although the incidence of psychiatric illness is not correlated with TBI severity, evidence suggests that speed of processing mediates the relationship between injury severity and functional decline.19 Therefore, aggressively treating these deficits may help improve function.

Methylphenidate improves attention and processing speed after TBI. A review of 7 randomized trials and 2 nonrandomized trials indicated that patients with mild to severe, chronic TBI experienced significantly improved cognitive function after methylphenidate treatment.5 Willmott and Ponsford20 found significant enhancement in information processing speed within 2 weeks of methylphenidate treatment in 40 patients with moderate or severe TBI. Methylphenidate increased the rate of recovery and led to improvement in acute21 and post-acute phases.22 In addition, methylphenidate may improve processing speed even in the absence of significant changes in attention.23

The standard methylphenidate dose used in most studies, 0.3 mg/kg twice daily, is safe and effective. Dosing usually is started at 5 mg/d and titrated to symptomatic relief. Because methylphenidate does not lower the seizure threshold, it is safe for patients at high risk for seizure.24 Methylphenidate also significantly improves attention and speed of processing in pediatric head trauma.25,26

Dextroamphetamine also is used to treat speed of processing dysfunction after TBI, but is less studied than methylphenidate. Dextroamphetamine, 5 to 30 mg/d, was found to effectively treat attention problems that interfered with rehabilitation in patients with severe TBI.27

Table 3

Recommended treatments for mild TBI-related cognitive deficits

DeficitFirst-line medicationSide effectsContraindicationsOther treatments
MemoryDonepezil (5 to 10 mg/d)Diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, muscle cramps, fatigue, anorexiaHypersensitivity to donepezil or piperidine derivativesRivastigmine, galantamine, physostigmine, CDP-choline
Speed of processingMethylphenidate (0.3 mg/kg twice daily)Headache, insomnia, decreased appetite, nausea, vomiting, anxiety, irritabilityHypersensitivity to methylphenidate, glaucoma, history of Tourette syndrome or tics, use of MAOI within 14 daysDextroamphetamine
Executive functionAmantadine (200 to 400 mg/d)CNS depression, orthostatic hypotension, peripheral edema, agitation, nausea, anorexiaHypersensitivity to amantadineBromocriptine, pramipexole, carbidopa/levodopa
CDP-choline: cytidinediphosphocholine; MAOI: monoamine oxidase inhibitor
Source: Reference 8

Nonpharmacologic treatments

In addition to pharmacotherapy, nonpharmacologic interventions also should be a mainstay of treatment. Compensatory training and cognitive exercise may improve patients’ cognitive deficits and return some sense of control. Individual and family psychotherapy, including cognitive-behavioral therapy, also may be beneficial.2 Review sources have identified the importance of validating patients’ symptoms and developing a goal-based treatment plan.6

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: Improvement with stimulants

Unlike many TBI patients who do not recognize the often-subtle psychiatric sequelae of their injury, Mr. A is aware of his difficulty concentrating, which is temporally linked with his accident. After exploring the association between Mr. A’s symptoms and his injury, his psychiatrist concludes that Mr. A’s cognitive deficits likely are associated with his TBI. Mr. A’s history of alcohol abuse raises concerns about prescribing stimulants. However, after assuring that Mr. A’s depression is well controlled and addressing his risk of substance abuse, his psychiatrist prescribes methylphenidate titrated to 30 mg/d. When he returns to the clinic several weeks later, Mr. A reports improved attention and functioning at work, and continues to follow up with the psychiatrist without requiring changes to his medication regimen.

Related Resource

  • Konrad C, Geburek AJ, Rist F, et al. Long-term cognitive and emotional consequences of mild traumatic brain injury. Psychol Med. 2010;22:1-15.

Drug Brand Names

  • Amantadine • Symadine, Symmetrel
  • Bromocriptine • Parlodel
  • Carbidopa/levodopa • Sinemet
  • Dextroamphetamine • Dexedrine
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Galantamine • Razadyne
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Methylin, others
  • Physostigmine • Antilirium
  • Pramipexole • Mirapex
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Tacrine • Cognex

Disclosures

Dr. Scher and Ms. Loomis report no financial relationship with any company whose products mentioned in this article or with the manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. McCarron is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Company.

References

1. Faul M, Xu L, Wald MM, et al. Traumatic brain injury in the United States; emergency department visits, hospitalizations, and deaths, 2002-2006. Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 2010. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/traumaticbraininjury/tbi_ed.html. Accessed December 1, 2010.

2. Vaishnavi S, Rao V, Fann JR. Neuropsychiatric problems after traumatic brain injury: unraveling the silent epidemic. Psychosomatics. 2009;50(3):198-205.

3. Fann JR, Burington B, Leonetti A, et al. Psychiatric illness following traumatic brain injury in an adult health maintenance organization population. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2004;61(1):53-61.

4. Bryant RA, O’Donnell ML, Creamer M, et al. The psychiatric sequelae of traumatic injury. Am J Psychiatry. 2010;167(3):312-320.

5. Writer BW, Schillerstrom JE. Psychopharmacological treatment for cognitive impairment in survivors of traumatic brain injury: a critical review. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2009;21(4):362-370.

6. Arciniegas DB, Anderson CA, Topkoff J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury: a neuropsychiatric approach to diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2005;1(4):311-327.

7. Sigurdardottir S, Andelic N, Roe C, et al. Cognitive recovery and predictors of functional outcome 1 year after traumatic brain injury. J Int Neuropsychol Soc. 2009;15(5):740-750.

8. Physicians’ desk reference 64th ed. Montvale, NJ: Thomson Reuters; 2010.

9. Sawyer E Mauro LS, Mauro LS, Ohlinger MJ. Amantadine enhancement of arousal and cognition after traumatic brain injury. Ann Pharmacother. 2008;42(2):247-252.

10. Kraus MF, Smith GS, Butters M, et al. Effects of the dopaminergic agent and NMDA receptor antagonist amantadine on cognitive function, cerebral glucose metabolism and D2 receptor availability in chronic traumatic brain injury: a study using positron emission tomography (PET). Brain Inj. 2005;19(7):471-479.

11. Griffin SL, van Reekum R, Masanic C. A review of cholinergic agents in the treatment of neurobehavioral deficits following traumatic brain injury. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2003;15(1):17-26.

12. Whelan FJ, Walker MS, Schultz SK. Donepezil in the treatment of cognitive dysfunction associated with traumatic brain injury. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2000;12(3):131-135.

13. Taverni JP, Seliger G, Lichtman SW. Donepezil medicated memory improvement in traumatic brain injury during post acute rehabilitation. Brain Inj. 1998;12(1):77-80.

14. Silver JM, McAllister TW, Arciniegas DB. Depression and cognitive complaints following mild traumatic brain injury. Am J Psychiatry. 2009;166(6):653-661.

15. Silver JM, Koumaras B, Chen M, et al. Effects of rivastigmine on cognitive function in patients with traumatic brain injury. Neurology. 2006;67(5):748-755.

16. Tenovuo O. Central acetylcholinesterase inhibitors in the treatment of chronic traumatic brain injury—clinical experience in 111 patients. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2005;29(1):61-67.

17. Goldberg E, Gerstman LJ, Mattis S, et al. Selective effects of cholinergic treatment on verbal memory in posttraumatic amnesia. J Clin Neuropsychol. 1982;4(3):219-234.

18. Eames P, Sutton A. Protracted post-traumatic confusional state treated with physostigmine. Brain Inj. 1995;9(7):729-734.

19. Rassovsky Y, Satz P, Alfano MS, et al. Functional outcome in TBI II: verbal memory and information processing speed mediators. J Clin Exp Neuropsychol. 2006;28(4):581-591.

20. Willmott C, Ponsford J. Efficacy of methylphenidate in the rehabilitation of attention following traumatic brain injury: a randomised, crossover, double blind, placebo controlled inpatient trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2009;80(5):552-557.

20. Kaelin DL, Cifu DX, Matthies B. Methylphenidate effect on attention deficit in the acutely brain-injured adult. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 1996;77(1):6-9.

22. Whyte J, Hart T, Vaccaro M, et al. Effects of methylphenidate on attention deficits after traumatic brain injury: a multidimensional, randomized, controlled trial. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2004;83(6):401-420.

23. Whyte J, Hart T, Schuster K, et al. Effects of methylphenidate on attentional function after traumatic brain injury. A randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 1997;76(6):440-450.

24. Wroblewski BA, Leary JM, Phelan AM, et al. Methylphenidate and seizure frequency in brain injured patients with seizure disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 1992;53(3):86-89.

25. Mahalick DM, Carmel PW, Greenberg JP, et al. Psychopharmacologic treatment of acquired attention disorders in children with brain injury. Pediatr Neurosurg. 1998;29(3):121-126.

26. Hornyak JE, Nelson VS, Hurvitz EA. The use of methylphenidate in paediatric traumatic brain injury. Pediatr Rehabil. 1997;1(1):15-17.

27. Hornstein A, Lennihan L, Seliger G. Amphetamine in recovery from brain injury. Brain Inj. 1996;10(2):145-148.

References

1. Faul M, Xu L, Wald MM, et al. Traumatic brain injury in the United States; emergency department visits, hospitalizations, and deaths, 2002-2006. Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; 2010. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/traumaticbraininjury/tbi_ed.html. Accessed December 1, 2010.

2. Vaishnavi S, Rao V, Fann JR. Neuropsychiatric problems after traumatic brain injury: unraveling the silent epidemic. Psychosomatics. 2009;50(3):198-205.

3. Fann JR, Burington B, Leonetti A, et al. Psychiatric illness following traumatic brain injury in an adult health maintenance organization population. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2004;61(1):53-61.

4. Bryant RA, O’Donnell ML, Creamer M, et al. The psychiatric sequelae of traumatic injury. Am J Psychiatry. 2010;167(3):312-320.

5. Writer BW, Schillerstrom JE. Psychopharmacological treatment for cognitive impairment in survivors of traumatic brain injury: a critical review. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2009;21(4):362-370.

6. Arciniegas DB, Anderson CA, Topkoff J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury: a neuropsychiatric approach to diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2005;1(4):311-327.

7. Sigurdardottir S, Andelic N, Roe C, et al. Cognitive recovery and predictors of functional outcome 1 year after traumatic brain injury. J Int Neuropsychol Soc. 2009;15(5):740-750.

8. Physicians’ desk reference 64th ed. Montvale, NJ: Thomson Reuters; 2010.

9. Sawyer E Mauro LS, Mauro LS, Ohlinger MJ. Amantadine enhancement of arousal and cognition after traumatic brain injury. Ann Pharmacother. 2008;42(2):247-252.

10. Kraus MF, Smith GS, Butters M, et al. Effects of the dopaminergic agent and NMDA receptor antagonist amantadine on cognitive function, cerebral glucose metabolism and D2 receptor availability in chronic traumatic brain injury: a study using positron emission tomography (PET). Brain Inj. 2005;19(7):471-479.

11. Griffin SL, van Reekum R, Masanic C. A review of cholinergic agents in the treatment of neurobehavioral deficits following traumatic brain injury. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2003;15(1):17-26.

12. Whelan FJ, Walker MS, Schultz SK. Donepezil in the treatment of cognitive dysfunction associated with traumatic brain injury. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2000;12(3):131-135.

13. Taverni JP, Seliger G, Lichtman SW. Donepezil medicated memory improvement in traumatic brain injury during post acute rehabilitation. Brain Inj. 1998;12(1):77-80.

14. Silver JM, McAllister TW, Arciniegas DB. Depression and cognitive complaints following mild traumatic brain injury. Am J Psychiatry. 2009;166(6):653-661.

15. Silver JM, Koumaras B, Chen M, et al. Effects of rivastigmine on cognitive function in patients with traumatic brain injury. Neurology. 2006;67(5):748-755.

16. Tenovuo O. Central acetylcholinesterase inhibitors in the treatment of chronic traumatic brain injury—clinical experience in 111 patients. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2005;29(1):61-67.

17. Goldberg E, Gerstman LJ, Mattis S, et al. Selective effects of cholinergic treatment on verbal memory in posttraumatic amnesia. J Clin Neuropsychol. 1982;4(3):219-234.

18. Eames P, Sutton A. Protracted post-traumatic confusional state treated with physostigmine. Brain Inj. 1995;9(7):729-734.

19. Rassovsky Y, Satz P, Alfano MS, et al. Functional outcome in TBI II: verbal memory and information processing speed mediators. J Clin Exp Neuropsychol. 2006;28(4):581-591.

20. Willmott C, Ponsford J. Efficacy of methylphenidate in the rehabilitation of attention following traumatic brain injury: a randomised, crossover, double blind, placebo controlled inpatient trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2009;80(5):552-557.

20. Kaelin DL, Cifu DX, Matthies B. Methylphenidate effect on attention deficit in the acutely brain-injured adult. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 1996;77(1):6-9.

22. Whyte J, Hart T, Vaccaro M, et al. Effects of methylphenidate on attention deficits after traumatic brain injury: a multidimensional, randomized, controlled trial. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2004;83(6):401-420.

23. Whyte J, Hart T, Schuster K, et al. Effects of methylphenidate on attentional function after traumatic brain injury. A randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 1997;76(6):440-450.

24. Wroblewski BA, Leary JM, Phelan AM, et al. Methylphenidate and seizure frequency in brain injured patients with seizure disorders. J Clin Psychiatry. 1992;53(3):86-89.

25. Mahalick DM, Carmel PW, Greenberg JP, et al. Psychopharmacologic treatment of acquired attention disorders in children with brain injury. Pediatr Neurosurg. 1998;29(3):121-126.

26. Hornyak JE, Nelson VS, Hurvitz EA. The use of methylphenidate in paediatric traumatic brain injury. Pediatr Rehabil. 1997;1(1):15-17.

27. Hornstein A, Lennihan L, Seliger G. Amphetamine in recovery from brain injury. Brain Inj. 1996;10(2):145-148.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Page Number
21-37
Page Number
21-37
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Traumatic brain injury: Pharmacotherapy options for cognitive deficits
Display Headline
Traumatic brain injury: Pharmacotherapy options for cognitive deficits
Legacy Keywords
Traumatic brain injury; cognitive deficits; Scher; Loomis; McCarron
Legacy Keywords
Traumatic brain injury; cognitive deficits; Scher; Loomis; McCarron
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media